UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

ý                  QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

           For the quarterly period ended January 28, 2005

 

Commission File Number 1-7707

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Minnesota

 

41-0793183

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

710 Medtronic Parkway

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55432

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Telephone number: (763) 514-4000

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    ý     No    o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes    ý    No    o

 

Shares of common stock, $.10 par value, outstanding on March 3, 2005:  1,209,520,976

 

 



 

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1.  Financial Statements

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

2,530.7

 

$

2,193.8

 

$

7,276.6

 

$

6,421.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

605.6

 

538.4

 

1,740.7

 

1,588.4

 

Research and development expense

 

241.0

 

207.1

 

703.4

 

607.4

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

814.2

 

679.3

 

2,355.9

 

1,996.5

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

 

22.0

 

 

23.9

 

Special charges

 

24.3

 

 

24.3

 

(4.8

)

Other expense, net

 

94.6

 

92.8

 

212.1

 

228.8

 

Interest income, net

 

(13.0

)

(3.6

)

(24.4

)

(1.1

)

Total costs and expenses

 

1,766.7

 

1,536.0

 

5,012.0

 

4,439.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

764.0

 

657.8

 

2,264.6

 

1,982.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

219.9

 

193.9

 

655.1

 

592.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

544.1

 

$

463.9

 

$

1,609.5

 

$

1,390.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.38

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.14

 

Diluted

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.38

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1,208.2

 

1,211.8

 

1,208.9

 

1,214.8

 

Diluted

 

1,219.1

 

1,223.1

 

1,220.0

 

1,227.2

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

2



 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

April 30,
2004

 

 

 

(in millions
except per share data)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,185.5

 

$

1,593.7

 

Short-term investments

 

744.3

 

333.8

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $168.9 and $145.3, respectively

 

2,202.9

 

1,994.3

 

Inventories

 

1,014.5

 

877.7

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

191.3

 

197.4

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

389.7

 

315.8

 

Total current assets

 

6,728.2

 

5,312.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

3,527.0

 

3,204.3

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(1,722.4

)

(1,496.0

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

1,804.6

 

1,708.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

4,277.8

 

4,236.9

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

1,042.6

 

999.3

 

Long-term investments

 

1,466.9

 

1,456.3

 

Other assets

 

375.3

 

397.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

15,695.4

 

$

14,110.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

413.7

 

$

2,358.2

 

Accounts payable

 

344.8

 

346.2

 

Accrued compensation

 

454.5

 

459.8

 

Accrued income taxes

 

865.5

 

637.6

 

Other accrued expenses

 

577.4

 

438.8

 

Total current liabilities

 

2,655.9

 

4,240.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

1,974.9

 

1.1

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

442.0

 

408.2

 

Long-term accrued compensation

 

164.3

 

123.7

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

226.2

 

260.2

 

Total liabilities

 

5,463.3

 

5,033.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock — par value $1.00

 

 

 

Common stock — par value $0.10

 

120.7

 

120.9

 

Retained earnings

 

9,974.7

 

8,890.9

 

Accumulated other non-owner changes in equity

 

138.9

 

72.0

 

 

 

10,234.3

 

9,083.8

 

Receivable from employee stock ownership plan

 

(2.2

)

(6.8

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

10,232.1

 

9,077.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

15,695.4

 

$

14,110.8

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3



 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

(in millions) 

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

1,609.5

 

$

1,390.4

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

339.3

 

332.6

 

Purchased in-process research and development

 

 

23.9

 

Special charges

 

24.3

 

(4.8

)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

52.0

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

15.4

 

11.7

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(135.8

)

(115.0

)

Inventories

 

(80.1

)

74.0

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

240.6

 

139.4

 

Other operating assets and liabilities

 

(41.2

)

13.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

2,024.0

 

1,865.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(96.4

)

(30.9

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

(306.7

)

(285.1

)

Purchases of marketable securities

 

(996.8

)

(1,915.6

)

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

 

532.8

 

804.5

 

Other investing activities, net

 

76.3

 

123.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(790.8

)

(1,303.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in short-term borrowings, net

 

21.9

 

89.2

 

Decrease in long-term debt, net

 

 

(4.7

)

Dividends to shareholders

 

(303.6

)

(263.9

)

Issuance of common stock

 

236.7

 

177.0

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

(511.0

)

(668.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(556.0

)

(671.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(85.4

)

(93.6

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

591.8

 

(202.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

1,593.7

 

1,470.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

2,185.5

 

$

1,267.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with an acquisition

 

$

 

$

57.5

 

Reclassification of debentures from long-term to short-term debt

 

$

 

$

1,973.8

 

Reclassification of debentures from short-term to long-term debt

 

$

1,973.2

 

$

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4



 

MEDTRONIC, INC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S.) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information necessary for a fair presentation of results of operations, financial position, and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results of Medtronic, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Medtronic or the Company) for the periods presented. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year as a whole. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.  For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2004.

 

Note 2 — Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation using the intrinsic value method as prescribed under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related Interpretations.  Accordingly, the Company would record compensation expense if the quoted market price on the date of grant exceeds the exercise price.  Compensation expense for stock options is calculated as the number of options granted multiplied by the amount the market price exceeds the exercise price.  For options with a vesting period, the expense, if applicable, is recognized over the vesting period.  Compensation expense is recognized immediately for options that are fully vested on the date of grant.  The Company has not recognized any stock option related employee compensation expense during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004.

 

If the Company had elected to recognize compensation expense for its employee stock-based compensation plans based on the fair values at the grant dates, consistent with the methodology prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” net earnings and earnings per share would have been reported as follows (in millions, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Net Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

544.1

 

$

463.9

 

$

1,609.5

 

$

1,390.4

 

Additional compensation cost under the fair value method (1)

 

37.9

 

41.1

 

172.3

 

126.5

 

Pro forma

 

$

506.2

 

$

422.8

 

$

1,437.2

 

$

1,263.9

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.38

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.14

 

Pro forma

 

0.42

 

0.35

 

1.19

 

1.04

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.38

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.13

 

Pro forma

 

0.42

 

0.35

 

1.18

 

1.03

 

 


(1) Additional compensation cost under the fair value method is net of related tax effects.

 

In response to numerous external factors, including rising medical benefit costs and evolving workforce demographics, the Company completed an extensive study to realign its portfolio of employee benefits.  As a result of this study and the planned changes to employee benefits, including the cessation of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan contribution at the end of fiscal year 2005 and changes to both the U.S. defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans, the Company awarded fully vested, nonqualified stock options to eligible employees as part of its annual broad employee-based stock option award, which took place during the second quarter of fiscal year 2005.  Due to the immediate vesting provisions, this one-time award, with an aggregate fair value, net of tax, of $64.2 million, resulted in increased pro forma compensation expense for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 as compared to the typical grant that is expensed over a four-year vesting period.  Executive officers who received stock options in connection with the annual grant did not receive fully vested awards, but instead received awards subject to the Company’s standard policy on option vesting, which is generally over a four-year period.  The actual number of total employee stock option grants remains consistent with prior years.

 

5



 

For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the weighted average fair values per stock option granted for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 were $13.69 and $8.46, respectively, and for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004 were $ 12.25 and $11.89 , respectively.  The lower fair value per stock option granted for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 resulted from the fully vested stock option award mentioned previously.  To determine the expected option term of the fully vested options, the Company performed an analysis on the average holding period of options from the vesting date to the exercise date.  The fair values were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.66

%

3.24

%

3.33

%

3.14

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.66

%

0.60

%

0.67

%

0.62

%

Annual volatility factor

 

25.0

%

23.5

%

22.5

%

24.0

%

Expected option term

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

 

Note 3 — New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In November 2003 and March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The consensus reached requires companies to apply new guidance for evaluating whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired and also requires quantitative and qualitative disclosure of debt and equity securities, classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity, that are determined to be only temporarily impaired at the balance sheet date. The Company incorporated the required disclosures for investments accounted for under SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” as required in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004.  In September 2004, the adoption date of the consensus was indefinitely delayed as it relates to the measurement and recognition of impairment losses for all securities in the scope of paragraphs 10-20 of Issue No. 03-1.  The disclosures prescribed by Issue No. 03-1 and guidance related to impairment measurement prior to the issuance of this consensus continue to remain in effect.  Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 132(R) “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits.” This standard increases the existing disclosure requirements by requiring more details about pension plan assets, benefit obligations, cash flows, benefit costs and related information. The expanded disclosures require that plan assets be segregated by category, such as debt, equity and real estate, and that disclosures on certain expected rates of return be incorporated. SFAS No. 132(R) will also require the Company to disclose various elements of pension and post-retirement benefit costs in interim-period financial statements. The Company adopted SFAS No. 132(R) for the Company’s U.S. plans in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004, resulting in additional disclosures in all interim and annual reporting periods.  The statement is effective for the Company’s plans outside the U.S. starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005. Adoption of the statement’s increased disclosures will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

In September 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Instruments on Diluted Earnings Per Share,” requiring that the dilutive effect of contingent convertible debt instruments (CoCos) be included in diluted earnings per share calculations for all periods (if dilutive), regardless of whether the triggering contingency has been satisfied.  Adoption of Issue No. 04-8 requires retroactive restatement of prior period dilutive earnings per share for CoCos outstanding at the implementation date.  The consensus was effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal year 2005.  At the date of adoption, the Company had two series of contingently convertible debentures outstanding, including approximately $45 million in principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures (Old Debentures) and approximately $1,928 million in principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures, Series B (New Debentures).  As a result of adoption, the Company has included an additional 727,358 shares, related to the assumed conversion of the Old Debentures, in its computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 (see Note 9 for discussion of the CoCos).  As required, diluted shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004 were also restated to include these shares.  However, the inclusion of the shares issuable upon conversion of the CoCos did not impact diluted earning per share as previously reported.  T he potentially dilutive common shares related to the New Debentures would only be included in the diluted earnings per share calculation at such time in the future when the Company’s stock price rises above the conversion price.  The dilutive impact would be equal to the number of shares needed to satisfy the “in-the-money” value of the New Debentures, assuming conversion.  The adoption of this consensus did not have a material impact on diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004.

 

In September 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-1 “Accounting for Preexisting Relationships between the Parties to a Business Combination,” which requires that preexisting relationships between two parties of a business combination be settled prior to the combination.  The EITF also addresses the measurement and recognition of settlements related to preexisting receivables and payables, executory contracts, intangible asset rights, and gain settlements among the parties to a business combination.  This consensus was effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal year 2005.  Adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

6



 

In September 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-10, “Applying Paragraph 19 of FASB Statement No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS No. 131), in Determining Whether to Aggregate Operating Segments That Do Not Meet the Quantitative Thresholds.”  Issue No. 04-10 clarifies the criteria for aggregating an operating segment that does not meet all of the aggregation criteria in paragraph 17 of SFAS No. 131, but also falls below the quantitative criteria that would dictate that the segment be reported separately.  The consensus reached would enable an entity to aggregate two or more segments that have similar economic characteristics and share a majority of the aggregation criteria in paragraph 17 of SFAS No. 131.  Although Issue No. 04-10 was to be effective immediately, in November 2004 the EITF delayed the implementation of this issue in order to have its effective date coincide with a related FASB Staff Position (FSP), which will clarify the meaning of similar economic characteristics.  Issue No. 04-10 is to be applied by retroactive restatement of previous periods.  Adoption of Issue No. 04-10 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4,” which adopts wording from the International Accounting Standards Board’s (IASB) IAS 2 “Inventories” in an effort to improve the comparability of cross-border financial reporting.  The FASB and IASB both believe the standards have the same intent; however, an amendment to the wording was adopted to avoid inconsistent application.  The new standard indicates that abnormal freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be treated as current period charges rather than as a portion of inventory cost.  Additionally, the standard clarifies that fixed production overhead should be allocated based on the normal capacity of a production facility.  The Statement is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2007.  Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” This Statement is a revision to SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  SFAS 123(R) requires the recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.  The cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.  No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the required service period.  The Statement is effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2006.  Based on unvested stock options currently outstanding, the expense associated with the employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) and anticipated fiscal year 2006 grants, the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R) is expected to reduce the Company’s net income by $95 - $110 million in the final three quarters of fiscal year 2006.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets.” The Statement is an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 and eliminates the exception that non-monetary exchanges of similar productive assets be recorded at the value of the assets relinquished, rather than fair value.  Under SFAS No. 153, the exception to recognition of the exchange at fair value is instead reserved for exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. The Statement is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006.  Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” The FSP clarifies that the manufacturer’s deduction provided for under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Act) should be accounted for as a special deduction in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and not as a tax rate reduction. The Qualified Production Activities Deduction will not impact the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows for fiscal year 2005 because the deduction is not available to the Company until fiscal year 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that this deduction will have in subsequent years.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” The Act, signed into law on October 22, 2004, provides for a special one-time tax deduction of 85 percent of certain cash dividends received from controlled foreign corporations.  The deduction is available to corporations during the tax year that includes Octbober 22, 2004 or in the immediately subsequent tax year.  The FSP allows a company additional time, beyond the financial reporting period of enactment, to evaluate the effects of the Act on their plans for repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  See Note 13 for further details on the Act and its impact to the Company.

 

Note 4 – Acquisitions

 

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Angiolink Corporation (Angiolink), a privately held company that developed wound closure devices for vascular procedures.  Angiolink’s EVS TM  Vascular Closure system, which has received U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval, is engineered to close the femoral artery access site after vascular procedures, such as diagnostic angiography, balloon angioplasty and stenting.  The EVS system provides safe and effective mechanical closure of arterial puncture sites without disturbing the lumen, or interior, of the targeted vessel.  This acquisition provides the Company an additional vascular closure offering to the current closure product – the non-invasive Clo-Sur P.A.D. TM .  The net consideration paid for Angiolink was approximately $42.3 million in cash subject to purchase price increases, which

 

7



 

would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones. The net cash purchase price of $42.3 million is a product of the $45.2 million purchase price, including direct acquisition costs, less $2.9 million of acquired cash.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Angiolink, the Company acquired $62.5 million of technology-based intangible assets that have an estimated useful life of 12 years and $11.2 million in goodwill.  The goodwill was assigned entirely to the Vascular operating segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the Angiolink purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

Current assets

 

$

3.1

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

0.6

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

62.5

 

Goodwill

 

11.2

 

Deferred tax asset—long term

 

5.0

 

Total assets acquired

 

82.4

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

2.8

 

Deferred tax liability – long term

 

34.4

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

37.2

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

45.2

 

 

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Coalescent Surgical, Inc. (Coalescent).   Coalescent developed the U-Clip™ Anastomotic Device and the SPYDER ™ Proximal Anastomotic Device.  The U-Clip device creates high-quality anastomoses (a seamless connection) without sutures and is primarily used in coronary artery bypass surgery.   The SPYDER device automatically deploys a series of U-Clip devices when attaching the bypass graft to the aorta.  This acquisition is expected to complement the Company’s surgical product line and strategy to develop technologies to promote surgical procedures that produce better patient outcomes, and reduce trauma and hospitalization.  The consideration paid for Coalescent was approximately $54.1 million in cash subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Coalescent, the Company acquired $42.2 million of technology-based intangible assets that have an estimated useful life of 12 years, and $1.5 million of other intangible assets with an estimated useful life of 5 years.  Goodwill of $7.0 million related to the acquisition was assigned entirely to the Cardiac Surgery operating segment.  This goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the Coalescent purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

Current assets

 

$

2.6

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

1.3

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

43.7

 

Goodwill

 

7.0

 

Total assets acquired

 

54.6

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

0.5

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

0.5

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

54.1

 

 

The pro forma impact of the Angiolink and Coalescent acquisitions was not significant, individually or in the aggregate, to the results of operations of the Company for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005.

 

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Vertelink Corporation (Vertelink).  Vertelink was a privately held development stage company that developed materials and techniques for “over-the-wire” spinal fixation devices that can achieve multi-level stabilization of the cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine. Key Vertelink products included the KOBRA TM Fixation System and the SST TM Spinal Fixation System.  Both systems permit surgeons to place spinal instrumentation utilizing tissue-sparing, minimally invasive methods.  At the time of the acquisition, the KOBRA system was being reviewed for 510(k) approval by the FDA, which was subsequently obtained during the third quarter of fiscal year 2004.  The Company expects that the SST System will obtain CE Mark to support European release within the next twelve months.   Vertelink’s products enhance the strategic initiative of Medtronic’s Spinal business that focuses on Minimal Access Spinal Technologies (MAST).  The

 

8



 

consideration paid was approximately $22.1 million in cash subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones.  In connection with the acquisition the Company allocated $22.0 million of the purchase price to purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D), which was expensed on the date of the acquisition, and allocated the remaining amount to property and equipment and other intangible assets (see Note 5).  In the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, Vertelink obtained FDA approval on the next generation KOBRA system, thereby attaining one of the milestones in the original purchase agreement.  As a result of attaining that milestone, the Company paid an additional $2.0 million in consideration, which was allocated between technology-based intangible assets of $3.3 million and an offsetting long-term deferred tax liability of $1.3 million.

 

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired certain assets of Radius Medical Inc. (Radius), which was accounted for as a purchase of assets.  Radius was a privately held corporation specializing in the research, development and manufacture of interventional guidewires and related products for the cardiovascular marketplace.  The assets acquired from Radius broaden and enhance the Company’s existing guidewire product and technology portfolio.  The consideration paid was $5.1 million subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones. The $5.1 million purchase price was allocated to intangible assets.

 

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company also acquired substantially all of the assets of Premier Tool, Inc. (Premier Tool).  Premier Tool was a privately held corporation engaged in the engineering and manufacturing of metal instruments used to implant spinal devices. The assets acquired enhance Medtronic’s current line of spinal instrumentation products.  The consideration paid was approximately $4.0 million.  The purchase price was allocated primarily to other intangible assets and property and equipment, with the remainder allocated to goodwill, which was assigned entirely to the Spinal operating segment.

 

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of TransVascular, Inc. (TVI).  Prior to the acquisition, the Company had a minority investment in TVI, which was accounted for under the cost method of accounting.  TVI developed and marketed the Pioneer Catheter™ (formerly the CrossPoint® TransAccess ® Catheter System), a proprietary delivery technology for several current and potential intravascular procedures, such as the potential ability to deliver therapeutic agents, including cells, genes, and drugs to precise locations within the vascular system.  The Pioneer Catheter received FDA 510(k) clearance in fiscal year 2002 and is indicated to facilitate the positioning and placement of catheters within the peripheral vasculature.  This strategic acquisition complements Medtronic’s current commitment to advance therapies and treatments by combining biologic and device therapies.

 

The consideration paid for TVI was approximately $58.7 million subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones.  The initial consideration included the issuance of approximately 1.2 million shares of Medtronic common stock valued at $57.5 million, the Company’s prior investment in TVI and acquisition-related costs.  The Medtronic common shares issued in connection with the TVI acqusition were valued based on the average of Medtronic’s trading share prices several days before and after the date when the trading share prices became known.

 

In connection with the acquisition of TVI, the Company acquired $27.3 million of technology-based intangible assets that have an estimated useful life of 15 years and $1.9 million of IPR&D that was expensed on the date of acquisition  (See Note 5).  Goodwill of $31.9 million related to the acquisition was assigned entirely to the Vascular operating segment.  This goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the TVI purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

Current assets

 

$

0.6

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

0.1

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

27.3

 

IPR&D

 

1.9

 

Goodwill

 

31.9

 

Deferred tax asset—long term

 

8.4

 

Total assets acquired

 

70.2

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

0.6

 

Deferred tax liability—long term

 

10.9

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

11.5

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

58.7

 

 

The pro forma impact of the results of the Radius, Premier Tool, Vertelink and TVI acquisitions was not significant, individually or in the aggregate, to the results of operations the Company for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004.

 

9



 

Note 5 — Special and IPR&D Charges

 

Special charges (such as certain litigation and restructuring charges) and IPR&D charges result from unique facts and circumstances that may or may not recur with similar materiality or impact on continuing operations.

 

Special Charges:

 

The Company recorded a $24.3 million special charge for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 related to the judgment entered by the court in the DePuy/AcroMed, Inc. (DePuy/AcroMed) case for damages, including prejudgment interest.  The judgment results from a patent infringement case regarding the design of the thoracolumbar multiaxial screw previously sold by Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc. (MSD) in the U.S. market. See additional discussion of this case in Note 16.

 

There were no special charges for the three months ended January 23, 2004.  Special charges for the nine months ended January 23, 2004 consisted of a $4.8 million reversal related to the Vascular facility consolidation initiatives, which started in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003.  The $4.8 million change in estimate was a result of the following favorable outcomes in the execution of these initiatives: a decrease of $2.4 million as a result of selling or utilizing existing assets which were previously identified for impairment; a decrease of $1.8 million related to subleasing a facility earlier than anticipated; and a decrease of $0.6 million in severance payments related to employees identified for elimination who found positions elsewhere in the Company.

 

IPR&D:

 

There were no IPR&D charges for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005.  During the third quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired Vertelink.  At the date of the acquisition, $22.0 million of the purchase price was expensed for IPR&D related to spinal fixation devices that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no future alternative use.   One of these devices, the KOBRA Fixation System, has since received FDA approval.   The technology will be adapted for use in manufacturing spinal fixation devices that can achieve multi-level stabilization of the cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine.   Prior to the acquisition, Medtronic did not have a comparable product under development.  The Company expects to incur costs totaling $1.1 million in fiscal year 2005, $1.0 million in fiscal year 2006, and $0.6 million in fiscal year 2007 to bring these products to commercialization in the U.S.  These costs will be funded by internally generated cash flows.

 

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired TVI.  At the date of acquisition, $1.9 million of the purchase price was expensed for IPR&D related to a cell and agent delivery device that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no future alternative use.  This delivery device will be adapted for use in the percutaneous delivery of cells, genes, and drugs to specific tissues.  Prior to the acquisition, Medtronic did not have a comparable product under development.  The Company expects to incur costs totaling $3.6 million in fiscal year 2005, $4.6 million in fiscal year 2006, $4.8 million in fiscal year 2007, $6.0 million in fiscal year 2008, and $6.0 million in fiscal year 2009 to bring this product to commercialization in the U.S.  These costs will be funded by internally generated cash flows.

 

The Company is responsible for the valuation of IPR&D charges.  The values assigned to IPR&D are based on valuations that have been prepared using methodologies and valuation techniques consistent with those used by independent appraisers.  All values were determined by identifying research projects in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established.  Additionally, the values were determined by estimating the revenue and expenses associated with a project’s sales cycle and the amount of after-tax cash flows attributable to these projects.  The future cash flows were discounted to present value utilizing an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return.  The rate of return included a factor that takes into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the IPR&D.

 

At the time of acquisition, the Company expects all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals.  The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, and patent litigation. If commercial viability were not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

 

10



 

Note 6 — Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  Inventory balances are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

April 30,
2004

 

Finished goods

 

$

638.7

 

$

541.4

 

Work in process

 

147.2

 

140.1

 

Raw materials

 

228.6

 

196.2

 

Total

 

$

1,014.5

 

$

877.7

 

 

Note 7 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

Balance at April 30, 2004

 

$

4,236.9

 

Goodwill as a result of acquisitions

 

19.8

 

Currency adjustment, net

 

21.1

 

Balance at January 28, 2005

 

$

4,277.8

 

 

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, as of January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004 are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Purchased
Technology and
Patents

 

Trademarks
and
Tradenames

 

Other

 

Total

 

As of January 28, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original cost

 

$

1,012.3

 

$

264.7

 

$

257.6

 

$

1,534.6

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(299.7

)

(90.4

)

(101.9

)

(492.0

)

Carrying value

 

$

712.6

 

$

174.3

 

$

155.7

 

$

1,042.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of April 30, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original cost

 

$

901.9

 

$

264.7

 

$

224.8

 

$

1,391.4

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(245.0

)

(70.6

)

(76.5

)

(392.1

)

Carrying value

 

$

656.9

 

$

194.1

 

$

148.3

 

$

999.3

 

 

Amortization expense for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 was approximately $33.0 million and $93.8 million, respectively, and for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004 was approximately $29.7 million and $86.6 million , respectively.

 

Note 8 — Warranty Obligation

 

The Company offers a warranty on various products.  The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product is sold.  Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim.  The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.  The amount of the reserve recorded is equal to the costs to repair or otherwise satisfy the claim.  The Company recorded $6.1 million and $ 3.9 million of warranty expense for the three month periods ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004, respectively, and $11.6 million and $8.7 million of warranty expense for the nine month periods ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004, respectively.  The warranty accrual as of January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004 was $29.1 million and $35.5 million, respectively.

 

Note 9 – Contingent Convertible Debentures

 

In September 2001, the Company completed a $2,013 million private placement of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures due September 2021 (Old Debentures). Interest is payable semi-annually and accrues at 1.25% per annum.  Each Old Debenture is convertible into shares of common stock at an initial conversion price of $61.81 per share; however, the shares are not convertible until the closing price of the

 

11



 

Company’s common stock reaches 110% of the conversion price for 20 trading days during a consecutive 30 trading day period.  The conversion price of the Old Debentures will be adjusted based on the occurrence of specified events, including a stock split, stock dividend, or cash dividend exceeding 15% of the Company’s market capitalization.

 

In September 2002 and 2004, as a result of certain holders of the Old Debentures exercising their put options, the Company repurchased $39 million, or 1.9%, and $0.6 million, or 0.03%, respectively, of the Old Debentures for cash.  The Company may be required to repurchase the remaining securities at the option of the holders in September 2006, 2008, 2011 or 2016.  Twelve months prior to the put options becoming exercisable, the remaining balance of the contingent convertible debentures will be classified as short-term borrowings .  At each balance sheet date without a put option within the subsequent four quarters, the remaining balance will be classified as long-term debt .  For put options exercised by the holders, the purchase price is equal to the principal amount of the Old Debentures plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Old Debentures to the repurchase date.  If the repurchase option is exercised, the Company may elect to repurchase the Old Debentures with cash, common stock, or some combination thereof.  The Company may elect to redeem the Old Debentures for cash at any time after September 2006.

 

On January 24, 2005, the Company completed an exchange offer on its contingent convertible debentures, whereby holders of approximately 97.7% of the total principal amount of our Old Debentures exchanged their existing securities for an equal principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures, Series B due 2021 (New Debentures), and an exchange fee of $2.50 per $1,000 principal amount.  The terms of the New Debentures are consistent with the terms of the Old Debentures noted above, except that: (i) upon conversion, the Company will pay holders cash equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the New Debentures or their conversion value, and shares of its common stock to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount; and (ii) the New Debentures will require the Company to pay only cash (in lieu of shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock) when the Company repurchases the New Debentures at the option of the holder or in connection with a change of control.   Following the completion of the exchange offer, approximately $45 million aggregate principal amount of Old Debentures and $1,928 million aggregate principal amount of New Debentures remain outstanding.  The fee paid to the holders of the New Debentures was capitalized and will be amortized over the twenty month period ending in September 2006.

 

Note 10 — Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Non-Owner Changes in Equity

 

In addition to net earnings, comprehensive income includes changes in foreign currency translation adjustments (including the change in current exchange rates, or spot rates, of net investment hedges), unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange derivative contracts qualifying and designated as cash flow hedges, minimum pension liabilities, and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable securities. Comprehensive income for the three months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 was $539.9 million and $514.0 million, respectively.  Comprehensive income for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 was $1,676.4 million and $1,474.2 million, respectively.

 

Presented below is a summary of activity for each component of accumulated other non-owner changes in equity (in millions):

 

 

 

Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment

 

Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Foreign Exchange
Derivatives

 

Minimum
Pension
Liability

 

Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments

 

Accumulated
Other
Non-Owner
Changes in Equity

 

Balance April 30, 2004

 

$

128.1

 

$

(47.0

)

$

(10.3

)

$

1.2

 

$

72.0

 

Period Change

 

10.6

 

8.5

 

(0.5

)

(5.0

)

13.6

 

Balance July 30, 2004

 

138.7

 

(38.5

)

(10.8

)

(3.8

)

85.6

 

Period Change

 

46.7

 

1.7

 

(0.3

)

9.4

 

57.5

 

Balance October 29, 2004

 

185.4

 

(36.8

)

(11.1

)

5.6

 

143.1

 

Period Change

 

14.3

 

(0.4

)

(0.1

)

(18.0

)

(4.2

)

Balance January 28, 2005

 

$

199.7

 

$

(37.2

)

$

(11.2

)

$

(12.4

)

$

138.9

 

 

Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as substantially all translation adjustments relate to our non-U.S. subsidiaries, which are considered permanent in nature.  The tax expense on the unrealized loss on derivatives for the three months ended January 28, 2005 was $5.7 million and the tax expense on the unrealized gain on derivatives for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 was $7.1 million.  The tax benefit on the minimum pension liability was not material for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005.  The tax benefit on the unrealized loss on investments for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 was $9.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

 

Note 11 — Retirement Benefit Plans

 

The Company sponsors various retirement benefit plans, including defined benefit pension plans (pension benefits), defined contribution savings plans, post-retirement medical plans (other benefits), and termination indemnity plans, covering substantially all U.S. employees and many employees outside the U.S.  The net periodic benefit cost of the pension and post-retirement medical plans

 

12



 

include the following components for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 (in millions):

 

 

 

Qualified Pension Benefits
Three months ended

 

Non-qualified Pension Benefits
Three months ended

 

Other Benefits
Three months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

14.3

 

$

11.0

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.6

 

$

3.0

 

$

2.3

 

Interest cost

 

10.0

 

7.7

 

0.7

 

0.5

 

2.6

 

2.0

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(15.3

)

(11.9

)

 

 

(1.5

)

(1.0

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

3.2

 

1.7

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

1.2

 

1.0

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

12.2

 

$

8.5

 

$

1.6

 

$

1.0

 

$

5.3

 

$

4.3

 

 

 

 

Qualified Pension Benefits
Nine months ended

 

Non-qualified Pension Benefits
Nine months ended

 

Other Benefits
Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

42.9

 

$

33.0

 

$

2.4

 

$

1.8

 

$

9.0

 

$

6.9

 

Interest cost

 

30.0

 

23.1

 

2.1

 

1.5

 

7.8

 

6.0

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(45.9

)

(35.7

)

 

 

(4.5

)

(3.0

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

9.6

 

5.1

 

0.3

 

(0.3

)

3.6

 

3.0

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

36.6

 

$

25.5

 

$

4.8

 

$

3.0

 

$

15.9

 

$

12.9

 

 

In April 2004, the FASB issued FSP 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (MMA).  The FSP requires companies to assess the effect of MMA on their retirement-related benefit costs and obligations and reflect the effects in the financial statements, pursuant to SFAS 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Post-retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.”  On January 21, 2005, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) released the final regulations (the “Regulations”) for the implementation of the MMA.  As a result of these Regulations, the Company has determined that the benefits provided under its plan are actuarially equivalent to the benefits provided under Part D of the MMA.  The Company will recognize the effect of the MMA in its January 31, 2005 measurement date; however, given the timing of the Regulations, the MMA will not have an impact on the fiscal year 2005 net periodic benefit cost.  Upon implementation of the MMA, the Company estimates that the accumulated post-retirement obligation will be reduced between $13 - 23 million as of April 29, 2005 and the net periodic benefit cost for fiscal year 2006 will be reduced by $2 - $4 million.

 

Note 12 — Interest (Income)/Expense

 

Interest income and interest expense for the three and nine month periods ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

(25.9

)

$

(18.0

)

$

(64.3

)

$

(40.2

)

Interest expense

 

12.9

 

14.4

 

39.9

 

39.1

 

Interest income, net

 

$

(13.0

)

$

(3.6

)

$

(24.4

)

$

(1.1

)

 

Note 13 — Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes consists of provisions for federal, state and foreign income taxes.  The Company operates in an international environment with significant operations in various locations outside the U.S.  Accordingly, the consolidated income tax rate is a composite rate reflecting the earnings in the various locations and the applicable rates.

 

On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Act) was signed into law by the President. The Act allows U.S. corporations a one-time deduction of 85 percent of certain “cash dividends” received from controlled foreign corporations. The deduction is available to corporations during the tax year that includes October 22, 2004 or in the immediately subsequent tax year.  According to the Act, the amount of eligible dividends is limited to $500 million or the amount described as permanently reinvested earnings outside the U.S. in a company’s most recent audited financial statements filed with the SEC on or before June 30, 2003.  Based on these requirements, the Company has $934 million of cash held outside the U.S., which could be eligible for the special deduction in either fiscal year 2005 or 2006.  Due to the complexity of the repatriation provision, the Company is still evaluating the effects of the Act on our plan for repatriation of foreign earnings and the related impact to our tax provision.  It is anticipated that this

 

13



 

evaluation will be completed by the end of our current fiscal year.  The range of possible amounts that the Company is currently considering eligible for repatriation is between zero and $934 million.  The related potential range of income tax is between zero and $65 million.

 

Note 14 — Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusted by the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive common shares been issued and reduced by the number of shares the Company could have repurchased from the proceeds of the potentially dilutive shares.  Potentially dilutive shares of common stock include stock options and other stock-based awards granted under stock-based compensation plans and shares committed to be purchased under the ESPP.  As a result of the adoption of EITF 04-8, the computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 includes 727,358 shares related to the Old Debentures.  As required, diluted shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004 were also restated to include these shares.  However, the inclusion of the shares issuable upon conversion of the CoCos did not impact diluted earnings per share as previously reported.  T he potentially dilutive common shares related to the New Debentures would only be included in the diluted earnings per share calculation at such time in the future when the Company’s stock price rises above the conversion price.  The dilutive impact would be equal to the number of shares needed to satisfy the “in-the-money” value of the New Debentures, assuming conversion (see Notes 3 and 9).  Presented below is a reconciliation between basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding (shares in millions):

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1,208.2

 

1,211.8

 

1,208.9

 

1,214.8

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock options

 

8.8

 

8.8

 

9.2

 

9.8

 

Shares issuable upon conversion of CoCos

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

Other

 

1.4

 

1.8

 

1.2

 

1.9

 

Diluted

 

1,219.1

 

1,223.1

 

1,220.0

 

1,227.2

 

 

The calculation of weighted average diluted shares outstanding excludes options for approximately 12.4 million and 25.2 million common shares for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, and 16.7 million and 13.4 million common shares for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004, respectively, as the exercise price of those options was greater than the average market price for the period, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share.

 

Note 15 — Segment and Geographic Information

 

Segment information:

 

The Company maintains five operating segments, which are aggregated into one reportable segment — the manufacture and sale of device-based medical therapies. Each of the Company’s operating segments has similar economic characteristics, technology, manufacturing processes, customers, distribution and marketing strategies, regulatory environments, and shared infrastructures. Net sales by operating segment are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cardiac Rhythm Management

 

$

1,149.7

 

$

1,002.2

 

$

3,350.1

 

$

2,991.3

 

Spinal, ENT, and Navigation

 

535.6

 

433.9

 

1,525.7

 

1,230.7

 

Neurological and Diabetes

 

460.1

 

395.3

 

1,298.3

 

1,156.9

 

Vascular

 

221.5

 

211.7

 

618.7

 

599.7

 

Cardiac Surgery

 

163.8

 

150.7

 

483.8

 

443.2

 

 

 

$

2,530.7

 

$

2,193.8

 

$

7,276.6

 

$

6,421.8

 

 

Geographic information :

 

Net sales to external customers by geography are as follows (in millions):

 

14



 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,678.8

 

$

1,485.4

 

$

4,890.9

 

$

4,390.3

 

Europe

 

532.3

 

449.3

 

1,488.1

 

1,271.8

 

Asia Pacific

 

253.4

 

206.6

 

715.1

 

606.1

 

Other Foreign

 

66.2

 

52.5

 

182.5

 

153.6

 

 

 

$

2,530.7

 

$

2,193.8

 

$

7,276.6

 

$

6,421.8

 

 

Note 16 — Contingencies

 

The Company believes it has meritorious defenses against its claims and intends to vigorously contest them. Negative outcomes of the litigation matters discussed below generally are not considered probable or cannot be reasonably estimated. With the exception of the Depuy/AcroMed litigation (discussed below), the Company has not recorded reserves regarding these matters in the financial statements as of January 28, 2005.  The Company records a liability when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is not probable or a probable loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a liability is not recorded. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of the actions discussed below, the Company believes that costs associated with them could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows for any one interim or annual period.

 

On October 6, 1997, Cordis Corporation (Cordis), a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, Inc. (J&J), filed suit in federal court in the District Court of Delaware against Arterial Vascular Engineering, Inc., which Medtronic acquired in January 1999 and which is now known as Medtronic Vascular, Inc. (Medtronic Vascular). The suit alleged that Medtronic Vascular’s modular stents infringe certain patents now owned by Cordis. Boston Scientific Corporation is also a defendant in this suit. On December 22, 2000, a Delaware jury rendered a verdict that Medtronic Vascular’s previously marketed MicroStent and GFX® stents infringe valid claims of two Cordis patents and awarded damages to Cordis totaling approximately $270.0 million. On March 28, 2002, the District Court entered an order in favor of Medtronic Vascular, deciding as a matter of law that Medtronic Vascular’s MicroStent and GFX stents do not infringe the patents. Cordis appealed, and on August 12, 2003 the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit reversed the District Court’s decision and remanded the case to the District Court for further proceedings. The District Court has now issued a new claim construction and directed the parties to file new expert reports. On March 4, 2005 a new trial began and the liability phase of the trial is expected to be completed in mid-March. Neither the Court of Appeals nor the District Court has affirmed the jury’s verdict as to liability or damages. Consequently, Medtronic has not recorded an expense related to damages in this matter.

 

On December 24, 1997, Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (ACS), a subsidiary of Guidant Corporation (Guidant), sued Medtronic Vascular in federal court in the Northern District of California alleging that Medtronic Vascular’s modular stents infringe certain patents held by ACS, and seeking injunctive relief and monetary damages. Medtronic Vascular denied infringement and in February 1998, Medtronic Vascular sued ACS in federal court in the District Court of Delaware alleging infringement of certain of its stent patents.  On January 5, 2005, the District Court found as a matter of law that ACS did not infringe any of Medtronic Vascular’s patents.  The Company intends to appeal the finding by the District Court.  On February 18, 2005 the jury found that the ACS patents are valid and that the Medtronic stents infringe those patents.  At a later date the District Court will hold an evidentiary hearing on Medtronic’s claim that the ACS patents are unenforceable due to inequitable conduct of ACS.  Issues of damages have been bifurcated and will not be addressed by a jury or the Court until some undetermined later date.

 

On September 12, 2000, Cordis filed an additional suit against Medtronic Vascular in the District Court of Delaware alleging that Medtronic Vascular’s S670, S660 and S540 stents infringe the patents asserted in the October 1997 Cordis case above. The Court temporarily stayed proceedings in this suit until the appeals were decided in the 1997 case discussed previously. The District Court has now lifted the stay and has scheduled a trial date for April 2006. This case is currently in the discovery stage. Medtronic has made a motion to stay the trial proceedings pending arbitration of Medtronic’s defense that its products are licensed under a 1997 Agreement between Medtronic and Cordis.  The Court has not set a date for a hearing on that motion.

 

On January 26, 2001, DePuy/AcroMed, a subsidiary of J&J, filed suit in U.S. District Court in Massachusetts alleging that MSD was infringing a patent relating to a design for a thoracolumbar multiaxial screw (MAS). In March 2002, DePuy/AcroMed supplemented its allegations to claim that MSD’s M10, M8 and Vertex® screws infringe the patent. On April 17, 2003 and February 26, 2004, the District Court ruled that the M10 and M8 multiaxial screws and the Vertex screws, respectively, do not infringe.  On October 1, 2004, a jury found that the MAS screw, which Medtronic no longer sells in the U.S. market, infringes under the doctrine of equivalents. The jury awarded damages against Medtronic of $21.0 million and on February 9, 2005, the court entered judgment, inclusive of prejudgment interest, in the amount of $24.3 million. The Company has recorded an expense equal to the $24.3 million judgment in the matter and is currently evaluating its appeal alternatives.

 

15



 

On May 9, 2001, MSD filed a lawsuit against Dr. Gary Karlin Michelson and Karlin Technology, Inc. ( Defendants) in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. The complaint sought damages and injunctive relief against the Defendants for breach of purchase and license agreements relating to intellectual property in the field of threaded and non-threaded spinal interbody implants, fraud, breach of non-competition obligations and other claims. In October 2001, the Defendants filed several counterclaims against MSD, as well as a third-party complaint against Sofamor Danek Holdings, Inc., a related entity having a license for certain cervical plate technology, seeking damages and injunctive relief based on several claims, including breach of contract, infringement of several patents, fraud and unfair competition. The parties dispute the scope of the rights in the above agreements with respect to improvements conceived after the agreements were signed. In November 2003, the court issued a ruling limiting the Company’s rights under such purchase and license agreements to inventions disclosed in patents and patent applications identified in the agreements and excluding rights to later inventions. Trial commenced on June 1, 2004 on the parties’ claims of breach and Dr. Michelson’s and KTI’s claims of patent infringement and tortious interference with contractual relations.   On September 28, 2004, the jury delivered a verdict finding that:  (1) the license and purchase agreements remain in effect, but that; (2) MSD breached certain provisions of its various technology agreements with Dr. Michelson and KTI, for which damages of approximately $110.0 million were awarded; (3) certain MSD products infringe Dr. Michelson’s patents; (4) punitive damages were appropriate on certain breach of contract claims; and that (5) Medtronic had not breached any duties to Dr. Michelson or KTI. On October 12, 2004, the jury further awarded Dr. Michelson and KTI punitive damages totaling approximately $400.0 million against MSD on certain breach of contract claims.

 

The court is currently considering a number of equitable issues raised by the parties and has yet to enter judgment against MSD.  In its motions, MSD is asserting that notwithstanding the jury’s findings on infringement, MSD has an implied license to the affected technology on the basis of legal and equitable estoppel.  MSD further asserts that the Defendants are equitably prohibited from pursuing certain of their breach of contract claims on the grounds of waiver, estoppel, and acquiescence.  Additionally, MSD asserts that Dr. Michelson and KTI should be enjoined from competing with MSD as required by the agreements.  Dr. Michelson is seeking a declaratory judgment that he is entitled to terminate his license of certain cervical plate technology to Sofamor Danek Holdings, Inc.  MSD asserts Dr. Michelson is prohibited from seeking to terminate the license relating to cervical plate technology on the grounds of no material breach, waiver and/or ratification.  In addition, the Defendants are seeking: an expansion of the jury verdict to apply a royalty payable to KTI on all MSD sales of its INFUSE® product; additional damages for alleged unjust enrichment; a valuation of the damages for patent infringement found by the jury; enhanced damages from the court for willful infringement by MSD of one of Dr. Michelson’s patents; prejudgment interest; and other fees and costs, including attorney fees.  The parties agreed that Dr. Michelson would not seek to enjoin MSD’s rights to make, use or sell any of the products that the jury found to infringe patents issued after the dates of the license and purchase agreements without 10 days prior written notice.  On January 28, 2005, the court granted the parties’ joint request to stay any rulings or proceedings in the case while they attempt to settle remaining issues. The judge granted this request, and thereafter, MSD and Dr. Michelson jointly requested that the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit dismiss without prejudice a pending appeal by MSD. The dismissal was requested to consolidate all appeal issues into a single appeal, and does not prevent MSD from exercising any of its future appeal rights or from resuming the subject appeal at a later date. As of the date of this report, the court has not ruled on any of the parties’ motions and the parties are continuing their settlement discussions.  Medtronic and MSD strongly disagree with the damages awarded and believe that the award is unjustified and excessive. MSD intends to pursue all other appropriate post-trial remedies, including exercising its right to appeal and believes its position will ultimately be vindicated.  Given the uncertainty of these post-trial motions, the absence of judgment against it, and MSD’s intent to appeal the jury verdict as unjustified and excessive, Medtronic has not recorded an expense related to this matter.  Management cannot reasonably estimate the time frame in which this litigation will be resolved, including when and if any amounts will be paid.

 

On October 31, 2002, the Department of Justice filed a notice that the U.S. was declining to intervene in an action against Medtronic filed under seal in 1998 by two private attorneys (Relators), under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act. Relators alleged that Medtronic defrauded the FDA in obtaining pre-market approval to manufacture and sell Models 4004, 4004M, 4504 and 4504M pacemaker leads in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Relators further alleged that Medtronic did not provide information about testing of the pacemaker leads to the FDA in the years after the agency’s approval of the leads. Pursuant to the requirements of the False Claims Act, the case remained under seal while the U.S. Department of Justice determined whether to intervene in the action and directly pursue the claims on behalf of the U.S. On June 6, 2003, Medtronic’s motion to dismiss the action on several grounds was denied by the U.S. District Court, Southern District of Ohio. The Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals accepted an interlocutory appeal to review that decision, and heard oral argument on November 4, 2004. The Court of Appeals has taken the matter under advisement. A previously set trial date has been taken off the court’s calendar.

 

On May 2, 2003, Cross Medical Products, Inc. (Cross) sued MSD in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The suit alleges that Medtronic’s CD HORIZON®, Vertex and Crosslink® products infringe certain patents owned by Cross. Medtronic has counterclaimed that Cross’ cervical plate products infringe certain patents of MSD, and Cross has filed a reply alleging that MSD infringes certain cervical plate patents of Cross. On May 19, 2004, the Court issued a ruling that held that the MAS, Vertex, M8, M10, CD HORIZON® SEXTANT™ and LEGACY™ screw products infringe one of the patents owned by Cross. A hearing on the validity of that patent was held on July 12, 2004, after which the Court ruled that the patents were valid.  Cross made a motion for permanent injunction on the multiaxial screw products, which the Court granted on September 20, 2004, but stayed the effect of the injunction until January 3, 2005.  MSD requested an expedited appeal of the ruling and the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals granted the request and will hear the appeal on March 11, 2005.  MSD has introduced new multiaxial screw products that are not subject to the injunction. 

 

16



 

Cross moved for summary judgment of infringement regarding MSD’s new multiaxial screw products and that motion, and other summary judgment motions concerning Crosslink products, are pending.  In December 2004, the Court vacated all previously scheduled hearings and the trial date to allow it time to consider the pending motions and has not reset either a hearing date for the pending motions or the trial date.

 

On August 19, 2003, Edwards Lifesciences LLC and Endogad Research PTY Limited sued Medtronic Vascular, Cook Incorporated (Cook) and W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. (Gore) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The suit alleges that a patent owned by Endogad and licensed to Edwards is infringed by Medtronic Vascular’s AneuRx® Stent Graft and/or Talent™  Endoluminal Stent-Graft System, and by products of Cook and Gore. On June 4, 2004, Medtronic filed suit alleging that the inventor of the patent had breached a contract with Medtronic and is seeking to have Medtronic named as the rightful owner of the patent. The patent suit has been stayed pending the Court’s determination as to ownership of the patent in the suit brought by Medtronic against the inventor.

 

On September 4, 2003, Medtronic was informed by the Department of Justice that the government is investigating allegations that certain payments and other services provided to physicians by MSD constituted improper inducements under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The allegations were made as part of a civil qui tam complaint brought pursuant to the federal False Claims Act. On November 21, 2003, Medtronic was served with a government subpoena seeking documents in connection with these allegations. On September 2, 2004, Medtronic received a copy of a second civil qui tam complaint brought by a second relator asserting similar allegations under the False Claims Act. The Company views the second complaint as having arisen out of essentially similar facts and circumstances as the first qui tam complaint, and believes that the second complaint does not materially expand the nature of the existing inquiry in which the Company is cooperating. The cases remain under seal in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. The Company is cooperating fully with the investigations and is independently evaluating these matters, the internal processes associated therewith, and certain employment matters related thereto, in each case, under the supervision of a special committee of the Board.

 

On October 2, 2003, Etex Corporation served MSD, Medtronic and Medtronic International Ltd. with a Notice and Demand for Arbitration, under the terms of a Purchase and Option Agreement between Medtronic and Etex Corporation entered into on March 27, 2002. The arbitration demand alleges breach of the agreements, fraud, deceptive trade practices and antitrust violations and asks for specific performance and/or monetary damages.  Medtronic and its subsidiaries also filed a demand for damages alleging breach of the agreements. The binding arbitration is governed by Minnesota law and the federal Arbitration Act.  On March 3, 2005, the arbitrator heard final arguments and anticipates issuing a final decision some time in March 2005.

 

On October 2, 2003, Cordis sued Medtronic Vascular in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging that the S7 stent delivery system infringes certain catheter patents owned by Cordis. Pursuant to stipulation of the parties, the Court has stayed the suit and referred the matter to arbitration.  The arbitrators have not yet been selected.

 

17



 

Item 2.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Our Business

 

We are a world leading medical technology company, providing lifelong solutions for people with chronic disease. We function in five operating segments, including Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM); Spinal, Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT) and Navigation (formerly Surgical Navigation Technology or SNT); Neurological and Diabetes; Vascular; and Cardiac Surgery. Through these five operating segments, we develop, manufacture, and market our medical devices in more than 120 countries worldwide, and continue to expand patient access to our products in these markets. Our primary products include medical devices and technology to treat bradycardia, tachyarrhythmia, heart failure, atrial fibrillation, coronary vascular disease, endovascular disease, peripheral vascular disease, heart valve disease, malignant and non-malignant pain, diabetes, urological disorders, gastroenterological ailments, movement disorders, spinal disorders, neurodegenerative disorders, and ear, nose and throat disorders.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

We have adopted various accounting policies to prepare the condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted (GAAP) in the United States of America (U.S.). Our most significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2004.

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our estimates and assumptions, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, minority investments, legal proceedings, purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D), warranty obligations, product liability, self-insurance, pension and post-retirement obligations, sales returns and discounts, and income taxes are updated as appropriate, which in most cases is at least quarterly. We base our estimates on historical experience, actuarial valuations, or various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, and the results form the basis for making judgments about the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

 

Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time the accounting estimates are made, and (2) other materially different estimates could have been reasonably made or material changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Our critical accounting estimates include the following:

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are involved in a number of legal actions, the outcomes of which are not within our complete control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, which, if granted, would require significant expenditures or lost revenues. We record a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If the loss is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, a liability is not recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Our significant legal proceedings are discussed further in Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements and are incorporated by reference into Part II, Item 1 — Legal Proceedings.  While it is not possible to predict the outcome of the actions discussed, we believe that costs associated with them could have a material adverse impact on the consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows of any one interim or annual period.  Two cases in which damages have been awarded during fiscal year 2005 are summarized below.

 

During our second quarter ended October 29, 2004, the jury in the Dr. Gary Karlin Michelson and Karlin Technology, Inc. vs. Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Inc. (MSD) case awarded total damages (both compensatory and punitive) of $510 million to Dr. Michelson and his company Karlin Technology, Inc.  Even though the jury has been dismissed, no final judgment has been entered by the court, and the parties have a number of motions still pending before the judge.  As of the date of this report, the court has not ruled on any of the parties’ motions and the parties are in settlement discussions.  We strongly disagree with the damages awarded and believe that the award is unjustified and excessive.  MSD intends to pursue all other appropriate post-trial remedies, including exercising its right to appeal and believes its position will ultimately be vindicated.  Given the uncertainty of these post-trial motions, the absence of judgment against us, and our intent to appeal the jury verdict as unjustified and excessive, we have not recorded an expense related to this matter.  Management cannot reasonably estimate the time frame in which this litigation will be resolved, including when and if any amounts will be paid.

 

During our second quarter ended October 29, 2004, the jury in the DePuy/AcroMed, Inc. (DePuy/AcroMed) case found that the design of our thoracolumbar multiaxial screw, which we no longer sell in the U.S. market, infringes patents held by DePuy/AcroMed under the doctrine of equivalents.  On February 9, 2005, the court entered judgment against us in the amount of $24 million, which included prejudgment interest.  Given the judgment entered by the court and our conclusion that the likelihood of paying the damages is probable at this point in time, we have recorded a $24 million special charge related to this judgment during the three months

 

18



 

ended January 28, 2005.  Although we believe recording the charge was the appropriate action, we are currently evaluating our appeal alternatives.

 

We believe that we have meritorious defenses against the above claims (including those additional matters detailed in Note 16) and intend to vigorously contest them.  Negative outcomes of the litigation matters discussed above generally are not considered probable or cannot be reasonably estimated. With the exception of the Depuy/AcroMed litigation, we have not recorded reserves regarding these matters in the financial statements as of January 28, 2005.

 

Minority Investments

 

We make long-term, strategic investments in companies that are in varied stages of development. We account for these investments under the cost or equity method of accounting, as appropriate. Publicly traded investments accounted for under the cost method are adjusted to fair value at the end of each quarter based on their quoted market price. The valuation of investments accounted for under the cost method that do not have quoted market prices is based on all available financial information related to the investee, including valuations based on recent third-party equity investments in the investee. Required adjustments to the carrying value of publicly traded investments are recorded in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other non-owner changes in equity unless an unrealized loss is considered to be other-than-temporary. If an unrealized loss for any investment is considered to be other-than-temporary, the loss will be recognized in the statement of consolidated earnings in the period the determination is made. Investments accounted for under the equity method are recorded at the amount of our investment and adjusted each period for our share of the investee’s income or loss and dividends paid. Investments accounted for under both the cost and equity methods are reviewed quarterly for changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events that suggest our investment may not be recoverable. As of January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, we have $240 million and $238 million, respectively, of minority investments, which are recorded as long-term investments in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Of these investments, $231 million and $212 million, respectively, represent investments in companies that do not have quoted market prices.

 

Valuation of IPR&D, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

 

When we acquire another company, the purchase price is allocated, as applicable, between IPR&D, other identifiable intangible assets, tangible assets, and goodwill as required by U.S. GAAP.  IPR&D is defined as the value assigned to those projects for which the related products have not received regulatory approval and have no alternative future use. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D and other intangible assets requires us to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D and other intangible assets is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of the acquisition in accordance with accepted valuation methods. For IPR&D, these methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility.

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including IPR&D, of acquired businesses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events suggest impairment exists. The test for impairment requires us to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projected future cash flows. Our estimates associated with goodwill impairment tests are considered critical due to the amount of goodwill recorded on our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the judgment required in determining fair value amounts, including projected future cash flows.  Goodwill was $4.3 billion and $4.2 billion as of January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, respectively.

 

Other intangible assets consist primarily of purchased technology, patents, and trademarks and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 20 years. We review these intangible assets for impairment annually or as changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events suggest the remaining value may not be recoverable.  Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, were $1.0 billion as of January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, respectively.

 

Tax Strategies

 

Our effective tax rate is based on expected income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining our effective tax rate and evaluating our tax positions. We establish reserves when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable, we believe that certain positions are likely to be challenged and that we may or may not prevail. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of a tax audit. Our effective tax rate includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that we consider appropriate. This rate is then applied to our quarterly operating results. In the event there is a special and/or IPR&D charge recognized in our operating results, the tax attributable to that item would be separately calculated and recorded in the same period as the special and/or IPR&D charge.

 

Tax regulations require certain items to be included in the tax return at different times than the accounting standards require those items be recorded in the financial statements. As a result, our effective tax rate reflected in our financial statements is different than

 

19



 

that reported in our tax return. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on our tax return, and some are timing differences, such as depreciation expense. Timing differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax return in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our statements of consolidated earnings. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets when the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to support the use of the deduction or credit. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in our financial statements for which payment has been deferred or expense has already been taken as a deduction on our tax return, but has not yet been recognized as an expense in our statements of consolidated earnings.

 

Tax audits associated with the allocation of income, and other complex issues, may require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to our allocation are required between jurisdictions with different tax rates. Tax authorities periodically review tax returns and propose adjustments to our tax filings. In August 2003, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) proposed adjustments to certain of our previously filed returns. The positions taken by the IRS with respect to these proposed adjustments could have a material unfavorable impact on our effective tax rate in future periods. As we believe we have meritorious defenses for our tax filings, in November 2004 we initiated defense of these filings at the IRS appellate level, and if necessary, we will vigorously defend them through litigation in the courts.  We believe we have provided for all probable liabilities resulting from tax assessments by taxing authorities.

 

Our current tax strategies have resulted in an effective tax rate below the U.S. statutory rate of 35%. An increase in our effective tax rate of 1% would result in an additional income tax provision for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $8 million and $23 million, respectively.

 

Results of Operations

 

Consolidated net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 were $2.531 billion and $7.277 billion, respectively.  This is an increase of $337 million and $855 million, or 15% and 13%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  Additionally, during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, foreign exchange translation had a favorable impact on net sales of $59 million and $134 million, respectively.

 

The three and nine month increase in net sales was primarily driven by growth in certain businesses within our CRM and Spinal, ENT and Navigation operating segments.  CRM net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $148 million and $359 million, or 15% and 12%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  The increases in CRM net sales were primarily driven by a 26% and 25% increase in defibrillation system sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, respectively, over the same periods of the prior year.  Spinal, ENT and Navigation net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $102 million and $295 million, or 23% and 24%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  These increases were primarily driven by our Spinal business, which had net sales increases of 24% and 26%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  The Spinal business benefited from continued strong acceptance of the INFUSE â Bone Graft and growth in net sales of our core thoracolumbar product line.

 

The primary exchange rate movements that impact our consolidated net sales growth are the U.S. dollar as compared to the Euro and Japanese Yen. The impact of foreign currency fluctuations on net sales is not indicative of the impact on net earnings due to the offsetting foreign currency impact on operating costs and expenses and our hedging activities (see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” following this discussion and analysis under “Item 3” as it relates to our hedging activities).

 

Acquisitions

 

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Angiolink Corporation (Angiolink) for approximately $42 million in cash subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones.  Angiolink was a privately held company that developed wound closure devices for vascular procedures.   Angiolink’s EVS TM  Vascular Closure system, which has received U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval, is engineered to close the femoral artery access site after vascular procedures, such as diagnostic angiography, balloon angioplasty and stenting.   The EVS system provides safe and effective mechanical closure of arterial puncture sites without disturbing the lumen, or interior, of the targeted vessel.  This acquisition provides us with an additional vascular closure offering to our current closure product – the non-invasive Clo-Sur P.A.D. TM .

 

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Coalescent Surgical, Inc. (Coalescent) for approximately $54 million in cash subject to purchase price increases, which would be triggered by the achievement of certain milestones.  Coalescent developed the U-Clip™ Anastomotic Device and the SPYDER™ Proximal Anastomotic Device.  The U-Clip device creates high-quality anastomoses (a seamless connection) without sutures and is primarily used in coronary bypass surgery.  The SPYDER device automatically deploys a series of U-Clip devices when attaching the bypass graft to the aorta.  This acquisition is expected to complement our surgical product line and strategy to develop technologies to promote surgical procedures that produce better patient outcomes, and reduce trauma and hospitalization.

 

20



Earnings and Earnings Per Share (dollars in millions, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Net earnings, as reported

 

$

544

 

$

464

 

$

1,610

 

$

1,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special and IPR&D charges, after-tax

 

$

16

 

$

22

 

$

16

 

$

21

 

Diluted earnings per share, as reported

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.38

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.13

 

Special and IPR&D charges, after-tax, per diluted share

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.02

 

 

Special and IPR&D charges in the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 consisted of a $16 million, after-tax, special charge related to the DePuy/AcroMed legal judgment as discussed in the “ Legal Proceedings ” section above.

 

Special and IPR&D charges in the three months ended January 23, 2004 consisted of a $22 million, after-tax, IPR&D charge related to our acquisition of Vertelink.  Special and IPR&D charges in the nine months ended January 23, 2004 consisted of the IPR&D charge mentioned above and $2 million in IPR&D charges related to our acquisition of TVI, partially offset by a $3 million, after-tax, reversal of previously recognized charges related to our Vascular facility consolidation initiatives.

 

Other Matters

 

In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Instruments on Diluted Earnings Per Share,” requiring that the dilutive effect of contingent convertible debt instruments (CoCos) be included in diluted earnings per share calculations for all periods (if dilutive), regardless of whether the triggering contingency has been satisfied.  Adoption of Issue No. 04-8 requires retroactive restatement of prior period dilutive earnings per share for CoCos outstanding at the implementation date.  The consensus was effective for us in the third quarter of fiscal year 2005. At the date of adoption, we had two series of contingently convertible debentures outstanding including approximately $45 million in principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures (Old Debentures) and approximately $1,928 million in principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures, Series B (New Debentures).  As a result of adoption, we have included an additional 727,358 shares, related to the assumed conversion of the Old Debentures, in our computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 (see “Debt and Capital” section for discussion of the CoCos).  As required, diluted shares outstanding and the diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 23, 2004 were also restated to include these shares.  However, the inclusion of the shares issuable upon conversion of the CoCos did not impact diluted earnings per share as previously reported.  The potentially dilutive common shares related to the New Debentures would only be included in the diluted earnings per share calculation at such time in the future when our stock price rises above the conversion price.  The dilutive impact would be equal to the number of shares needed to satisfy the “in-the-money” value of the New Debentures, assuming conversion.  The adoption of this consensus did not have a material impact on diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”  This Statement is a revision to SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  SFAS 123(R) requires the recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.  The cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.  No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the required service period.  The Statement is effective for us beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2006.  Based on unvested stock options currently outstanding, the expense associated with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and anticipated fiscal year 2006 grants, the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), is expected to reduce our net income by $95 - $110 million in the final three quarters of fiscal year 2006.

 

In February 2005, we issued a press release announcing that we are voluntarily advising physicians about a potential battery shorting mechanism that may occur in a subset of our ICD and CRT-D models.  As part of our routine programs to analyze products returned from physicians, we identified nine of 87,000 implanted devices (0.01%) with a battery design that experience rapid battery depletion due to the shorting action.  We are working closely with the physician community to determine the best course of action for devices that have been implanted that would be affected by this issue.  Based on the information available to date, we do not anticipate this product malfunction will have a material impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

 

21



 

Net Sales

 

The charts below illustrate net sales by operating segment for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004:

 

 

 

Cardiac Rhythm Management

 

CRM products consist primarily of pacemakers, implantable and external defibrillators, cardiac resynchronization therapy devices, leads and ablation products.  CRM net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $148 million and $359 million, or 15% and 12%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $29 million and $68 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The growth in net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 was driven by a 26% and 25%, respectively, increase in net sales of defibrillation systems.  Defibrillation net sales growth for the three months ended January 28, 2005 was led by continued acceptance of the Intrinsic™ implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), growth in sales of the InSync Maximo™ cardiac resynchronization device with defibrillator back-up (CRT-D), and the November 2004 U.S. approval of our newest CRT-D, InSync Sentry™.  InSync Sentry is the world’s first implantable medical device offering automatic fluid status monitoring in the chest area encompassing the heart and lungs. The growth in defibrillation net sales for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 was driven by continued growth in the Maximo™ and Intrinsic ICDs, and continued acceptance of the InSync Maximo CRT-D device.  Pacing net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by 2% and decreased by 1%, respectively, in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.  Sales gains in the three month period ended January 28, 2005 were primarily driven by the EnPulse pacemaker, which was market released in late fiscal year 2004.  The slight decrease in Pacing sales for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 is a result of competitive pressures in a pacing market experiencing relatively flat growth.  Additionally, Medtronic Emergency Response Systems net sales grew by 16% and 14%, respectively, during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 as a result of continued strong acceptance of automated external defibrillators (AEDs) and solid second and third quarter fiscal year 2005 growth in hospital-based emergency response systems.

 

 

22



 

 

Looking ahead, we expect our CRM operating segment to benefit from the following:

 

              Continued acceptance of the InSync Maximo and InSync Sentry CRT-Ds.  The InSync Maximo was released in the U.S. during June 2004.  The InSync Sentry is expected to provide a critical advantage in managing heart failure, since thoracic fluid accumulation is a primary indicator of worsening heart failure and often results in patient hospitalization.  The InSync Sentry was released in Europe during June 2004 and approved in the U.S., during November 2004, where it will be fully launched during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005.

 

              Continued acceptance of the Intrinsic ICD with Managed Ventricular Pacing (MVP™), a new pacing mode designed to promote natural heart activity by minimizing unnecessary right ventricular pacing.  Intrinsic was released in Europe during May 2004 and in the U.S. during August 2004.

 

              Continued growth in the ICD and CRT-D markets due to the recently announced national coverage decision, by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), to extend coverage of ICDs.  On January 29, 2005, CMS published their decision to expand coverage of ICDs to include the patient population, which was the focus of the Sudden Cardiac Death in Heart Failure Trial (SCD-HeFT).  Published January 20, 2005 in The New England Journal of Medicine , the SCD-HeFT study demonstrated that the use of an ICD reduces death by 23 percent in people with moderate to severe heart failure and poor heart pumping function compared to those who did not receive a defibrillator. The coverage decision will increase target patient populations by an estimated 600,000 patients; 300,000 of which are Medicare beneficiaries.

 

              Continued acceptance of the Medtronic Carelink® Network.  The Medtronic CareLink Network enables patients, as instructed by their physician, to transmit data from their implantable device anywhere in the U.S. using a portable monitor that is connected to a standard telephone.  Within minutes, the patient’s physician and nurses can view patient and device diagnostic data on a secure Internet website.

 

              The introduction of a new CRT-D device named the InSync III Marquis™.  The InSync III Marquis is a CRT-D device with ventricle-to-ventricle (V-to-V) timing and is expected to be approved in the U.S. early in calendar year 2005.  At the time the InSync III Marquis is approved, V-to-V timing will also be available on our InSync Maximo and InSync Sentry CRT-D devices.

 

              Continued growth in the CRT-D market due to the recently released CARE-HF (Cardiac Resynchronization in Heart Failure) study, which shows that cardiac resynchronization therapy improves all-cause mortality and patient quality of life, in patient populations which include individuals with moderate to severe heart failure and poor heart pumping function.  The findings from the CARE-HF randomized, controlled trial were presented March 7, 2005 during a Late-Breaking Clinical Session at the American College of Cardiology Annual Scientific session and concurrently published in The New England Journal of Medicine .

 

             The introduction of the EnRhythm™ pacemaker and the Entrust ICD™.  The EnRhythm is the first-ever pacemaker to include MVP.  The Entrust offers both MVP and refinements to the anti-tachycadia pacing (ATP) function of the

 

23



 

device.  ATP uses pacing pulses to painlessly terminate fast, dangerous heart rhythms originating in the ventricle.  The EnRhythm and EnTrust devices were released in Europe during February 2005 and are expected to be released in the U.S. in the first half of calendar year 2005.

 

Spinal, ENT, and Navigation

 

Spinal, ENT, and Navigation products include thoracolumbar, cervical and interbody spinal devices, bone growth and bone regeneration products, surgical navigation tools, and surgical products used by ENT physicians.  Spinal, ENT, and Navigation net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $102 million and $295 million, or 23% and 24%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $6 million and $14 million, respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The majority of the increase was driven by our Spinal business, which grew 24% and 26%, respectively, over the same periods in the prior year.  The Spinal net sales increase reflects the continued strong acceptance of our CD HORIZON® LEGACY™ family of products, and strong sales growth of the INFUSE Bone Graft for spinal fusion and acute tibia fractures.  ENT net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by 14% and 15%, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year.  Navigation net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by 52% and 21%, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year.  ENT net sales growth was led by increased acceptance of power and nerve monitoring systems, and Navigation net sales growth was driven by several large navigation system sales.

 

Looking ahead, we expect our Spinal, ENT, and Navigation operating segment to benefit from the following:

 

                                          Continued market acceptance of the INFUSE Bone Graft for spinal fusion and acute tibia fractures.  Sales of the INFUSE product continue to accelerate with gains both inside and outside of the U.S. and continued acceptance of the product in acute tibia fractures.  INFUSE was approved for use in tibia fractures in late fiscal year 2004.

 

                                          Steady acceptance of our expanding suite of Minimal Access Spine Technologies (MAST) products and minimally invasive surgical techniques.  During November 2004, we introduced the CATALYST Anterior Instrument Set, designed to enable surgeons to more accurately, and less invasively, place spinal implants from an anterior, or front, surgical approach.

 

                                          Continued acceptance of the BRYAN® Cervical Disc System, Maverick™ Lumbar Artificial Disc and Prestige® Cervical Disc System outside the U.S.  Clinical trials for the three artificial discs remain on course in the U.S.

 

                                          Continued acceptance of the NIM-Spine™ System neural integrity monitor. The NIM-Spine System is a surgeon-guided device for locating and identifying peripheral motor nerves during spinal surgery, and is designed to help predict and possibly prevent potential neurological injury. The NIM-Spine System was released in the U.S. during May 2004.

 

Neurological and Diabetes

 

Neurological and Diabetes products consist primarily of implantable neurostimulation devices, external and implantable drug administration systems, neurosurgery products, urology products, gastroenterology products, hydrocephalic shunts/drainage devices, surgical instruments, functional diagnostic equipment and medical systems for the treatment of diabetes. Neurological and Diabetes net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $65 million and $141 million, or 16% and 12%, respectively, over the same periods of the prior year.  Foreign currency had a favorable impact on net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $10 million and $21 million, respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  Neurological net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by 15% and 11%, respectively, in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.  The increase in Neurological net sales primarily relates to the continued acceptance of Activa® Therapy for Parkinson’s disease and Essential Tremor, InterStim® Therapy for Urinary Control, and growth in the sales of our SynchroMed® II Implantable Drug Infusion Pump.  Diabetes net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by 19% and 15%, respectively, in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.  Net sales increases for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 primarily resulted from strong sales growth of disposable products, including our Quickset and Silhouette insulin infusion sets.

 

Looking ahead, we expect our Neurological and Diabetes operating segment to benefit from the following:

 

              Continued acceptance of SynchroMed II Implantable Drug Infusion Pump. The SynchroMed II was released in Europe during April 2004 and fully released in the U.S. during late June 2004.

 

              Continued acceptance of the Paradigm 515 and 715 external insulin pump systems, which offer secure patient access to the web-based Medtronic CareLink™ Therapy Management System for Diabetes.  Using the system’s Paradigm Link Blood Glucose Monitor, patients can upload data, including glucose values, carbohydrate intake and insulin dosing information to the system via the Internet from both the Paradigm Link monitor and Paradigm 515 or 715 insulin pumps.  This increased data and user-friendly format are designed to aid patients with daily self-management decisions.  The Paradigm 515 and 715 external insulin pump systems received U.S. FDA approval in late October 2004.

 

24



 

              Continued acceptance of our Activa Therapy for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease and Essential Tremor.  During the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, CMS approved a New Tech Add-on Payment for Kinetra®, a neurostimulator that simplifies the delivery of Activa Therapy through a single device.

 

              Anticipated worldwide launch of Restore™, our first fully rechargeable neurostimulation system for pain management that provides increased power without compromising device longevity.  We obtained CE Mark approval for Restore in February 2005 and we anticipate U.S. approval in the spring of calendar year 2005.

 

Vascular

 

Vascular products consist of coronary, endovascular, and peripheral stents and related delivery systems, stent graft systems, distal embolic protection systems and a broad line of balloon angioplasty catheters, guide catheters, guidewires, diagnostic catheters and accessories.  Vascular net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $10 million and $19 million, or 5% and 3%, respectively, when compared to the same periods of the prior year.  Foreign currency had a favorable impact on net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $10 million and $21 million, respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  Coronary Vascular net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased 2% and 1%, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The slight increases in Coronary Vascular sales are primarily due to the positive effects of a weaker U.S. dollar in comparison to the prior year.  In addition, strong sales of our Driver® Coronary Stent in Japan and Europe combined with strong worldwide growth in our ancillary coronary products, including the Sprinter® Semi-Compliant Balloon Dilatation Catheter for use in angioplasty procedures, offset the negative impact of not having a drug-eluting stent in the market.  The Sprinter was released in Europe, Japan, and the U.S. during February, April, and June 2004, respectively.  Endovascular net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased 16% and 8%, respectively, in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.  The growth in Endovascular was led by strong net sales growth in the Talent™ Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA) Stent Graft outside the U.S., and solid growth of the AneuRx® AAA Stent Graft in the U.S.  Peripheral Vascular net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 decreased 8% and increased 14%, respectively, in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.  Growth in our Peripheral Vascular business for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 benefited from solid sales of the Racer™ Biliary Stent System, a cobalt-alloy stent, which was approved for use in the U.S. during November 2003.  The Racer Biliary Stent is an over-the-wire, balloon expandable stent system that is designed to improve bile flow in ducts with severe blockage.

 

Looking ahead, we expect our Vascular operating segment to benefit from the following:

 

              Our anticipated entry into the drug-eluting stent market.  The clinical trials for our Endeavor™ Drug-Eluting Coronary Stent system using Abbott Laboratories’ proprietary immunosuppression drug ABT-578 (a rapamycin analogue) paired with our highly successful Driver stent began in fiscal year 2003.  We reported final results for the one-year follow up data from our ENDEAVOR I clinical trial at the European Society of Cardiology meeting in Munich, Germany during August 2004, 30-day safety data from the ENDEAVOR II clinical trial at the Paris Course on Revascularization (PCR) in May 2004, and 8 and 9 month ENDEAVOR II clinical results at the American College of Cardiology meeting on March 6, 2005.  The 8 and 9 month clinical data in the 1,197 patient ENDEAVOR II trial demonstrated clinically and statistically significant improvement, compared to the Driver Coronary Stent, in all of the study’s endpoints.  We completed patient enrollment in the ENDEAVOR III clinical trial during September 2004.  In the beginning of the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, Medtronic announced its intention to conduct an additional trial, ENDEAVOR IV, to collect additional efficacy data on the performance of the Endeavor Drug-Eluting Stent and to support the FDA’s request for expanded safety data on the ABT-578 drug, a new molecular entity.  In December 2004 we received conditional Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) approval from the FDA to proceed with the ENDEAVOR IV clinical trial and will begin enrolling patients in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005. We expect to receive approval to commercially release the Endeavor Drug-Eluting Stent in Europe and many emerging markets in the spring of calendar year 2005, and assuming continued positive results from our clinical trials, we expect to receive U.S. regulatory approval by the first half of calendar year 2007.

 

              Continued strong adoption of the Driver Coronary Stent in Japan and other markets outside of the U.S.

 

              Continued acceptance of the Sprinter Semi-Compliant Balloon Dilatation Catheter.

 

              Continued market penetration of the Talent AAA Stent Graft in the European market and growth of the AneuRx AAA Stent Graft following the release of the Xcelerant™ Delivery System.  The Xcelerant Delivery System was approved for use in the U.S. by the FDA in November 2004 and provides physicians with a smooth, controlled and more trackable delivery platform to implant the AneuRx AAA Stent Graft.

 

25



 

Cardiac Surgery

 

Cardiac Surgery products include positioning and stabilization systems for beating heart surgery, perfusion systems, products for the repair and replacement of heart valves, minimally invasive cardiac surgery products and surgical accessories.  Cardiac Surgery net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 increased by $13 million and $41 million, respectively, or 9% in both periods, when compared to the same periods of the prior year.  Foreign currency had a favorable impact on net sales during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 of approximately $5 million and $11 million, respectively, when compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The increase in net sales for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 was driven by an increase of 15% and 14%, respectively, in net sales from Heart Valves, and 8% growth in each period from Perfusion Systems.  The increase in Heart Valves net sales reflects continued strong acceptance of our tissue valve line, which includes our latest generation tissue valves, the Mosaic â and Mosaic Ultra™, and the very successful reintroduction of our tissue valves into the Japanese market in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004. The growth in Perfusion Systems is a result of continued market share gains in this otherwise shrinking market.

 

Looking ahead, we expect our Cardiac Surgery operating segment to benefit from the following:

 

              The full U.S. launch of our newest tissue valve, named the Mosaic Ultra, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005.

 

              Continued acceptance of the Octopus® family of tissue stabilizers used in beating heart bypass surgery.  In August 2004, we introduced two new versions of the Octopus tissue stabilizer, the Octopus NS (Non-Sternotomy) and the Octopus TE (Totally Endoscopic), which are used to facilitate closed-chest bypass surgery on coronary arteries without stopping the heart or splitting the breastbone.  Today, there are two minimally invasive approaches for coronary bypass and these recently released products now offer the surgeon the ability to stabilize the heart in either of these techniques.

 

              Continued acceptance of our Cardioblate® BP Surgical Ablation System, which offers surgeons the unique ability to perform an irrigated surgical ablation procedure.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

The following is a summary of major costs and expenses as a percent of net sales:

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Cost of products sold

 

23.9

%

 

24.5

%

 

23.9

%

 

24.7

%

 

Research and development expense

 

9.5

 

 

9.4

 

 

9.7

 

 

9.5

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

32.2

 

 

31.0

 

 

32.4

 

 

31.1

 

 

IPR&D

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

Special charges

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Other expense, net

 

3.7

 

 

4.2

 

 

2.9

 

 

3.6

 

 

Interest income, net

 

(0.5

)%

 

(0.2

)

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

Cost of Products Sold

 

Cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales decreased by 0.6 and 0.8 percentage points, respectively, for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 over the same periods in the prior year, to 23.9% in each period.  The decrease in cost of goods as a percentage of net sales was due to favorable product mix, including strong margin gains in the Diabetes business and favorable foreign currency hedging impact in comparison to the prior year.

 

Research and Development

 

We are committed to developing technological enhancements and new indications for existing products, and less invasive and new technologies to address unmet medical needs.  Furthermore, we expect our development activities to help reduce patient care costs and the length of hospital stays in the future.  Consistent with prior periods, we have continued to invest heavily in the future by spending aggressively on research and development efforts, with research and development spending during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 representing 9.5% and 9.7% of net sales, respectively, or $241 million and $703 million, respectively.  For the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 research and development spending increased 16% for both periods in comparison to the same periods in the prior year.

 

26



 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales increased by 1.2 and 1.3 percentage points for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, respectively, to 32.2% and 32.4%, respectively.  The increase as a percentage of net sales primarily relates to our continued investment in expanding our sales organization throughout the last nine months, and increased legal spending related to several active cases during the nine month period.  These increases were partially offset by continued cost control measures across all of our businesses.

 

Special and IPR&D Charges

 

Special and IPR&D charges taken during the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 were as follows:

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Special charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring change in estimate

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(5

)

Litigation charge

 

24

 

 

24

 

 

Total special charges

 

24

 

 

24

 

(5

)

IPR&D

 

 

22

 

 

24

 

Total special and IPR&D charges, pre-tax

 

24

 

22

 

24

 

19

 

Less tax impact

 

(8

)

 

(8

)

2

 

Total special and IPR&D charges, after tax

 

$

16

 

$

22

 

$

16

 

$

21

 

 

We recorded a $24 million special charge for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 related to the DePuy/AcroMed legal judgment as discussed in the “Legal Proceedings” section above.

 

IPR&D charges of $22 million for the three months ended January 23, 2004 related to our acquisition of Vertelink.  Special and IPR&D charges for the nine months ended January 23, 2004 consisted of the Vertelink charge as noted previously, a reversal of $5 million related to the Vascular facility consolidation initiatives and a $2 million IPR&D charge related to our acquisition of TVI.  The $5 million change in estimate is a result of the following favorable outcomes in the execution of Vascular initiatives: a decrease of $2 million as a result of selling or utilizing existing assets which were previously identified for impairment; a decrease of $2 million related to subleasing a facility earlier than anticipated; and a decrease of $1 million in severance payments related to employees identified for elimination who found positions elsewhere in the Company.

 

Other Income/Expense

 

Other income/expense includes intellectual property amortization expense, royalty income and expense, realized minority investment gains and losses, realized foreign currency transaction and derivative gains and losses, and impairment charges.  Net other expense for the three months ended January 28, 2005 increased approximately $2 million, to $95 million, and for the nine months ended January 28, 2005, decreased approximately $17 million, to $212 million, compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The three month increase in net other expense was primarily a result of lost royalty income in the CRM business partially offset by decreased foreign currency hedging losses.  The nine month decrease in other expense is primarily a result of decreased foreign currency hedging losses partially offset by decreased royalty income in the CRM business.

 

Interest Income/Expense

 

For the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, we generated net interest income of approximately $13 million and $24 million, respectively, as compared to net interest income of approximately $4 million and $1 million, respectively, for the same periods in the prior year.  The increased income in the current fiscal year as compared to the prior fiscal year is a result of increased levels of interest-bearing investments, higher interest rates and relatively fixed levels of debt in comparison to the prior year.

 

27



 

Income Taxes

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

(dollars in millions)

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

January 28,
2005

 

January 23,
2004

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

220

 

$

194

 

$

655

 

$

592

 

Effective tax rate

 

28.8

%

29.5

%

28.9

%

29.9

%

Impact of special and IPR&D charges

 

0.2

%

1.0

%

0.1

%

0.4

%

 

Our effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 decreased by 0.7 percentage points and 1.0 percentage point, respectively, over the same periods of the prior year.  Although there are several factors that are affecting the change in effective tax rate between the current fiscal year and the prior fiscal year, the key driver is related to our nominal tax rate used to record tax expense related to normal operations.  Our nominal tax rate for fiscal year 2005 is currently set at 29.0%, which is a decrease from the fiscal year 2004 rate of 29.5% due to increased profits from our low taxed facilities in Switzerland, Ireland, and Puerto Rico.  However, our effective tax rate for the three and nine month periods ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004 is a result of several different factors.  The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005 is a result of our nominal tax rate of 29.0% being reduced for the impact of the special charges recorded in the third quarter fiscal year 2005.  The effective tax rate for the three months ended January 23, 2004 is a result of reducing our nominal tax rate from 30.0% to 29.5% during the third fiscal quarter 2004, which created an effective tax rate of 28.5% before special charges, and the impact of the special charges recorded in the same period driving that rate up to 29.5%.  The effective tax rate for the nine months ended January 23, 2004 is the product our 29.5% nominal tax rate and the impact of the special charges recorded in the nine month period driving that rate up to 29.9%.

 

On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Act) was signed into law by the President. The Act allows U.S. corporations a one-time deduction of 85 percent of certain “cash dividends” received from controlled foreign corporations.   The deduction is available to corporations during the tax year that includes October 22, 2004 or in the immediately subsequent tax year.  According to the Act, the amount of eligible dividends is limited to $500 million or the amount described as permanently reinvested earnings outside the U.S. in a company’s most recent audited financial statements filed with the SEC on or before June 30, 2003.  Based on these requirements, we have $934 million of cash held outside the U.S., which could be eligible for the special deduction in either fiscal year 2005 or 2006.  Due to the complexity of the repatriation provision, we are still evaluating the effects of the Act on our plan for repatriation of foreign earnings and the related impact to our tax provision.  It is anticipated that this evaluation will be completed by the end of our current fiscal year.  The range of possible amounts that we are currently considering eligible for repatriation is between zero and $934 million.  The related potential range of income tax is between zero and $65 million.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

(dollars in millions)

 

January 28,
2005

 

April 30,
2004

 

Working capital

 

$

4,072

 

$

1,072

 

Current ratio*

 

2.5:1.0

 

1.3:1.0

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments

 

$

2,930

 

$

1,927

 

Long-term investments in debt securities**

 

1,227

 

1,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and short and long-term investments in debt securities

 

$

4,157

 

$

3,145

 

Short-term borrowings and long-term debt

 

$

2,389

 

$

2,359

 

Net cash position***

 

$

1,768

 

$

786

 

 


*        Current ratio is the ratio of current assets to current liabilities.

**      Long-term investments include public and private debt securities with a maturity date greater than one year from the end of the           period.

***   Net cash position is the sum of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments in debt securities less           short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

 

The increase in our working capital and current ratio since April 30, 2004 relates to the reclassification of $1,973 million of contingent convertible debentures from current liabilities to long-term liabilities in the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, as a result of the September 2004 put option date expiring (see further discussion regarding the terms of the contingent convertible debentures in the “Debt and Capital” section) as well as an increase in our net cash position since April 30, 2004, which primarily relates to cash generated from operations, partially offset by capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases.

 

28



 

At January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, approximately $3,334 million and $2,197 million, respectively, of cash, cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments in debt securities were held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries.  These funds are available for use by worldwide operations; however, if these funds were repatriated to the U.S. or used for U.S. operations, the amounts would be subject to U.S. tax (also see discussion of American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 in the “Income Taxes” section).

 

We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents, and investments, as well as our unused lines of credit of $2,090 million, if utilized, would satisfy our foreseeable working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Long-Term Contractual Obligations

 

We acquire assets still in development, enter into research and development arrangements and sponsor certain clinical trials that often require milestone and/or royalty payments to a third-party, contingent upon the occurrence of certain future events. Milestone payments may be required contingent upon the successful achievement of an important point in the development life cycle of a product or upon certain pre-designated levels of achievement in clinical trials. In addition, if required by the arrangement, we may have to make royalty payments based on a percentage of sales related to the product under development, in the event that regulatory approval for marketing is obtained. In situations where we have no ability to influence the achievement of the milestone or otherwise avoid the payment, we have included those milestone or minimum royalty payments in the following table. However, the majority of these arrangements give us the discretion to unilaterally make the decision to stop development of a product or cease progress of a clinical trial, which allows us to avoid making contingent payments. Although we are unlikely to cease development if a device successfully achieves clinical testing objectives, these payments are not included in the table of contractual obligations because of the contingent nature of these payments and our ability to avoid them if we decided to pursue a different path of development or testing.

 

In the normal course of our business, we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify customers or suppliers for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of our products or the negligence of our personnel or claims alleging that our products infringe third-party patents or other intellectual property. Our maximum exposure under these indemnification provisions cannot be estimated, and we have not accrued any liabilities within our consolidated financial statements or included any indemnification provisions in our commitments table. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnifications.

 

We believe our off-balance sheet arrangements do not have a material current or anticipated future effect on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.  Presented below is a summary of contractual obligations and other minimum commercial commitments as of January 28, 2005.

 

 

 

Maturity by Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Total

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual obligations related to off-balance sheet arrangements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency contracts(1)

 

$

2,595

 

$

1,195

 

$

1,315

 

$

85

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating leases

 

153

 

17

 

50

 

34

 

22

 

11

 

19

 

Inventory purchases(2)

 

368

 

73

 

177

 

62

 

49

 

3

 

4

 

Commitments to fund minority investments(3)

 

272

 

37

 

113

 

90

 

1

 

16

 

15

 

Other(4)

 

248

 

47

 

81

 

35

 

25

 

22

 

38

 

Total

 

$

3,636

 

$

1,369

 

$

1,736

 

$

306

 

$

97

 

$

52

 

$

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual obligations reflected in the balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding capital leases(5)

 

$

1,973

 

$

 

$

1,973

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Capital leases

 

3

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Other(6)

 

73

 

41

 

17

 

14

 

1

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,049

 

$

41

 

$

1,991

 

$

15

 

$

2

 

$

 

$

 

 


(1)           As these obligations were entered into as hedges, the majority of these obligations should be offset by gains/losses on the related assets, liabilities, and/or transactions being hedged.

 

(2)           We have included inventory purchase commitments, which are legally binding and specify minimum purchase quantities. These purchase commitments do not exceed our projected requirements and are in the normal course of business. These

 

29



 

                commitments do not include open purchase orders.

 

(3)           Certain commitments related to the funding of minority investments are contingent upon the achievement of certain product-related milestones and various other favorable operational conditions. While it is not certain if and/or when these payments will be made, the maturity dates included in this table reflect our best estimates.

 

(4)           These obligations include commitments to replace our existing legacy enterprise resource systems and certain research and development arrangements.

 

(5)           Long-term debt includes $1,973 million related to our contingent convertible debentures. These debentures were classified in long-term debt as of January 28, 2005.  The holders will not have the option to require us to repurchase the outstanding securities (referred to as a put feature) until September 2006 or at the point our stock price reaches 110% of the conversion price for 20 trading days during a consecutive 30 trading day period.

 

(6)           These obligations include a financing arrangement associated with our fiscal year 2002 Kobayashi Pharmaceutical Co. acquisition, various minimum royalty payments, and certain research and development arrangements.

 

Debt and Capital

 

Our capital structure consists of equity and interest-bearing debt. Interest-bearing debt as a percent of total interest-bearing debt and equity was 19% and 21% at January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, respectively.

 

In October 2003, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 30 million shares of our common stock.  Shares will be repurchased from time to time to offset the dilutive impact of our stock-based compensation programs and to take advantage of favorable market conditions.  During the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, we repurchased approximately 5.5 million and 10.5 million shares at an average price of $48.31 and $48.77, respectively.  We have approximately 15.6 million shares remaining under current buyback authorizations approved by the Board of Directors in October 2003.

 

In September 2001, we completed a $2,013 million private placement of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures due September 2021 (Old Debentures). Interest is payable semi-annually and accrues at 1.25% per annum.  Each Old Debenture is convertible into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion price of $61.81 per share; however, the shares are not convertible until the closing price of our common stock reaches 110% of the conversion price for 20 trading days during a consecutive 30 trading day period.  The conversion price of the Old Debentures will be adjusted based on the occurrence of specified events, including a stock split, stock dividend, or cash dividend exceeding 15% of our market capitalization.

 

In September 2002 and 2004, as a result of certain holders of the Old Debentures exercising their put options, we repurchased $39 million, or 1.9%, and $0.6 million, or 0.03%, respectively, of the Old Debentures for cash.  We may be required to repurchase the remaining securities at the option of the holders in September 2006, 2008, 2011 or 2016.  Twelve months prior to the put options becoming exercisable, the remaining balance of the contingent convertible debentures will be classified as short-term borrowings .  At each balance sheet date without a put option within the subsequent four quarters, the remaining balance will be classified as long-term debt .  For put options exercised by the holders, the purchase price is equal to the principal amount of the Old Debentures plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Old Debentures to the repurchase date.  If the repurchase option is exercised, we may elect to repurchase the Old Debentures with cash, our common stock, or some combination thereof.  We may elect to redeem the Old Debentures for cash at any time after September 2006.

 

On January 24, 2005, we completed an exchange offer on our contingent convertible debentures, whereby holders of approximately 97.7% of the total principal amount of our Old Debentures exchanged their existing securities for an equal principal amount of 1.25 percent Contingent Convertible Debentures, Series B due 2021 (New Debentures), and an exchange fee of $2.50 per $1,000 principal amount.  The terms of the New Debentures are consistent with the terms of the Old Debentures noted above, except that: (i) upon conversion, we will pay holders cash equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the New Debentures or their conversion value, and shares of our common stock to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount; and (ii) the New Debentures will require us to pay only cash (in lieu of shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock) when we repurchase the New Debentures at the option of the holder or in connection with a change of control.   Following the completion of the exchange offer, approximately $45 million aggregate principal amount of Old Debentures and $1,928 million aggregate principal amount of New Debentures remain outstanding.  The fee paid to the holders of the New Debentures was capitalized and will be amortized over the twenty month period ending in September 2006.

 

We currently maintain a $2,250 million commercial paper program. This program allows us to issue debt securities with maturities up to 364 days from the date of issuance. While the program size is $2,250 million, Moody’s Investors Service currently limits our commercial paper outstanding at any one time to no more than the amount of our syndicated credit facilities, which is currently at $1,750 million.  At January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, outstanding commercial paper totaled $250 million.  During the three and nine months ended January 28, 2005, the weighted average annual original maturity of the commercial paper outstanding was

 

30



 

approximately 20 days and 26 days, respectively, and the weighted average annual interest rate was 2.14% and 1.62%, respectively.

 

In connection with the issuance of the contingent convertible debentures and commercial paper, Standard and Poor’s Rating Group and Moody’s Investors Service issued us strong long-term debt ratings of AA- and A1, respectively, and strong short-term debt ratings of A-1+ and P-1, respectively. These ratings remain unchanged and rank us in the top 10% of all U.S. companies rated by these agencies.

 

We have existing lines of credit of approximately $2,490 million with various banks, of which approximately $2,090 million was available at January 28, 2005.  The existing lines of credit include two syndicated credit facilities totaling $1,750 million with various banks.  The two credit facilities consist of a five-year $1,000 million facility, signed on January 20, 2005, which will expire on January 20, 2010, and a five-year $750 million facility, signed on January 24, 2002, which will expire on January 24, 2007.  The five-year $1,000 million facility replaces the 364-day $500 million facility we previously maintained that expired on January 24, 2005.  This $1,000 million facility provides us with the ability to increase the capacity of the facility by an additional $250 million at any time during the life of the five-year term of the agreement.  The credit facilities provide backup funding for the commercial paper program and may also be used for general corporate purposes.

 

Interest rates on these borrowings are determined by a pricing matrix, based on our long-term debt ratings assigned by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service. Facility fees are payable on the credit facilities and determined in the same manner as the interest rates. Under terms of the agreements, our consolidated tangible net worth must at all times be greater than or equal to $1,040 million, increased by an amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds from any equity offering occurring after January 24, 2002. Our consolidated tangible net worth, defined as consolidated assets less goodwill, intangible assets (other than patents, trademarks, licenses, copyrights and other intellectual property, and prepaid assets), and consolidated liabilities, at January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004 was approximately $5,799 million and $4,692 million, respectively.  The agreements also contain other customary covenants and events of default, all of which we remain in compliance with as of January 28, 2005.

 

Operations Outside of the United States

 

The following chart illustrates U.S. net sales versus net sales outside the U.S. for the three and nine month periods ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004:

 

 

Net Sales

Three Months Ended

(in millions)

 

 

Net Sales

Nine Months Ended

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

For the three and nine month periods ended January 28, 2005, consolidated net sales outside the U.S. grew slightly faster than U.S. consolidated net sales primarily as a result of the favorable impact of foreign currency translation and increases experienced in our Vascular operating segment.  Coronary Vascular continues to experience increased growth outside of the U.S., in contrast with the decline in U.S. sales after the release of several competitors’ drug-eluting stents.  The increase in Coronary Vascular sales outside the U.S. relates to strong demand for our Driver and Micro-Driver™ coronary stents, and strong acceptance of our Sprinter Semi-Compliant Balloon Dilatation Catheter.

 

Net sales outside the U.S. are accompanied by certain financial risks, such as collection of receivables, which typically have longer payment terms. Outstanding receivables from customers outside the U.S. totaled $1,038 million at January 28, 2005, or 43.7%, of total outstanding accounts receivable, and $920 million at April 30, 2004, or 43.0%, of total outstanding accounts receivable.  Operations outside the U.S. could be negatively impacted by changes in political, labor or economic conditions, changes in regulatory requirements or potentially adverse foreign tax consequences, among other factors.

 

Additionally, markets outside the U.S. are commonly funded by government-sponsored health care systems.  These governments frequently impose reimbursement limits to control government spending and to ensure local health care consumers can obtain medical products and services at a low cost.  Decisions made by these government agencies to further limit or eliminate reimbursement for our products could have a material adverse affect on net earnings.

 

 

31



 

Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results

 

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and other written and oral statements made from time to time by us do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. As such, they are considered “forward-looking statements” which provide current expectations or forecasts of future events. Our forward-looking statements generally relate to our growth strategies, financial results, product development, regulatory approvals, competitive strengths, the scope of our intellectual property rights, and sales efforts.  Such statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “possible,” “project,” “should,” “will” and similar words or expressions. One must carefully consider forward-looking statements and understand that such statements involve a variety of risks and uncertainties, known and unknown, and may be affected by inaccurate assumptions, including, among others, those discussed in the sections entitled “Government Regulation and Other Considerations” and “Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2004.  Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual results may vary materially.

 

We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, but investors are advised to consult any further disclosures by us on this subject in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, especially on Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K (if any), in which we discuss in more detail various important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected or historical results. We note these factors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. It is not possible to foresee or identify all such factors. As such, investors should not consider any list of such factors to be an exhaustive statement of all risks, uncertainties or potentially inaccurate assumptions.

 

Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Due to the global nature of our operations, we are subject to the exposures that arise from foreign exchange rate fluctuations. We manage these exposures using operational and economic hedges as well as derivative financial instruments. The primary currencies hedged are the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

 

Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign exchange rate changes. We enter into various contracts, principally forward contracts that change in value as foreign exchange rates change, to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets, liabilities, net investments, and probable commitments. The gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the value of the related exposures. It is our policy to enter into foreign currency hedging transactions only to the extent true exposures exist; we do not enter into foreign currency transactions for speculative purposes.

 

We had foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding in notional amounts of $2,595 million and $2,421 million at January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004, respectively.  The fair value of these contracts at January 28, 2005 was $157 million less than the original contract value. A sensitivity analysis of changes in the fair value of all foreign exchange derivative contracts at January 28, 2005 indicates that, if the U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened/weakened by 10% against all currencies, the fair value of these contracts would increase/decrease by approximately $244 million.  Any gains and losses on the fair value of the derivative contracts would be largely offset by gains and losses on the underlying transactions. These offsetting gains and losses are not reflected in the above analysis.

 

We are also exposed to interest rate changes affecting principally our investments in interest rate sensitive instruments. A sensitivity analysis of the impact on our interest rate sensitive financial instruments of a hypothetical 10% change in short-term interest rates compared to interest rates at January 28, 2005 indicates that the fair value of these instruments would change by approximately $6 million.

 

We have entered into an agreement that expires in fiscal year 2006, to sell, at our discretion, specific pools of trade receivables in Japan.  During the nine months ended January 28, 2005 and January 23, 2004, we had sold approximately $138 million and $148 million, respectively, of our trade receivables in Japan to financial institutions.  The discount cost related to the sales was insignificant and recorded in interest income in the accompanying condensed statements of consolidated earnings. Additionally, in March 2004, we entered into an agreement to sell specific pools of receivables in Italy amounting to $33.9 million for proceeds of approximately $33.7 million.  In July 2004, we collected the proceeds and recorded the discount in interest income in the accompanying condensed statements of consolidated earnings.

 

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2004, we began lending certain fixed income securities to enhance our investment income.  These lending activities are collateralized at an average rate of 102%, with the collateral determined based on the underlying securities and creditworthiness of the borrowers.  The value of the securities on loan at January 28, 2005 and April 30, 2004 was $313 million and $275 million, respectively.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

(a)   As of January 28, 2005, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)).  Based on the evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic Securities and Exchange Commission filings.

 

(b) During the fiscal quarter ended January 28, 2005, there were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

32



 

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

A discussion of the Company’s policies with respect to legal proceedings is discussed in management’s discussion and analysis and our legal proceedings and other loss contingencies are described in Note 16 of the condensed consolidated financial statements.  The description of our legal proceedings in Note 16 of the condensed consolidated  financial statements to this filing is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2. Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table provides information about the shares repurchased by Medtronic during the third quarter of fiscal year 2005:

 

Fiscal Period

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)

 

Average Price
Paid per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as a
Part of Publicly
Announced Program

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

 

10/30/04 – 11/26/04

 

2,277,200

 

$

48.24

 

2,277,200

 

18,822,877

 

11/27/04 – 12/31/04

 

3,172,600

 

48.33

 

3,172,600

 

15,650,277

 

01/01/05 – 01/28/05

 

44,900

 

49.76

 

44,900

 

15,605,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

5,494,700

 

$

48.31

 

5,494,700

 

15,605,377

 

 


(1) In October 2003 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 30 million shares.  We purchased these shares pursuant to repurchase programs publicly announced on November 12, 2003.

 

33



 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

 

4.1            Credit Agreement ($1,000,000,000 Five Year Revolving Credit Facility) dated as of January 20, 2005, among Medtronic, Inc. as borrower, certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, Citicorp USA, Inc. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. as syndication agent and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers

 

10.1          Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (four year vesting).

 

10.2          Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (immediate vesting).

 

10.3          Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

12.1          Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

31.1          Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2          Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1          Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2          Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

BRYAN® TCD Instruments, and INFUSE â used with LT CAGE â , INTERFIX™ or INTERFIX™ RP devices incorporate technology developed by Gary K. Michelson, M.D.

 

34



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Medtronic, Inc.

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

Date:  March 7, 2005

/s/ Arthur D. Collins, Jr

 

 

Arthur D. Collins, Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer

 

 

Date:  March 7, 2005

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Robert L. Ryan

 

Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

 

35


Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
($1,000,000,000 Five Year Revolving Credit Facility)

 

dated as of

 

January 20, 2005

 

among

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.,

as Borrower,

 

CERTAIN OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,

as Guarantors,

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

CITICORP USA, INC.

as Administrative Agent

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Syndication Agent

and

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I  Definitions

 

Section 1.01

Defined Terms.

 

Section 1.02

Classification of Loans and Borrowings.

 

Section 1.03

Terms Generally.

 

Section 1.04

Accounting Terms; GAAP.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II  The Credits

 

Section 2.01

Commitments.

 

Section 2.02

Revolving Loans and Revolving Borrowings.

 

Section 2.03

Requests for Revolving Borrowings.

 

Section 2.04

Requests for Swingline Borrowings.

 

Section 2.05

Letters of Credit.

 

Section 2.06

Funding of Revolving Borrowings.

 

Section 2.07

Interest Elections.

 

Section 2.08

Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

 

Section 2.09

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

Section 2.10

Prepayment of Loans.

 

Section 2.11

Fees.

 

Section 2.12

Interest.

 

Section 2.13

Alternate Rate of Interest.

 

Section 2.14

Increased Costs.

 

Section 2.15

Break Funding Payments.

 

Section 2.16

Taxes.

 

Section 2.17

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

 

Section 2.18

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

Section 2.19.

Increase in the Aggregate Commitments.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III  Representations and Warranties

 

Section 3.01

Organization; Powers.

 

Section 3.02

Authorization; Enforceability.

 

Section 3.03

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.

 

Section 3.04

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

 

Section 3.05

Properties.

 

Section 3.06

Litigation and Environmental Matters.

 

Section 3.07

Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

 

Section 3.08

Investment and Holding Company Status.

 

Section 3.09

Taxes.

 

Section 3.10

ERISA.

 

Section 3.11

Disclosure.

 

Section 3.12

Federal Regulations.

 

Section 3.13

Purpose of Loans.

 

Section 3.14

Significant Subsidiaries.

 

 

i



 

ARTICLE IV  Conditions

 

Section 4.01

Closing Conditions.

 

Section 4.02

Each Credit Event.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V  Affirmative Covenants

 

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Information.

 

Section 5.02

Notices of Material Events.

 

Section 5.03

Existence; Conduct of Business.

 

Section 5.04

Payment of Obligations.

 

Section 5.05

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.

 

Section 5.06

Books and Records; Inspection Rights.

 

Section 5.07

Compliance with Laws.

 

Section 5.08

Use of Proceeds.

 

Section 5.09

Maintenance of Accreditation, Etc.

 

Section 5.10

Additional Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI  Negative Covenants

 

Section 6.01

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.

 

Section 6.02

Indebtedness.

 

Section 6.03

Liens.

 

Section 6.04

Fundamental Changes.

 

Section 6.05

Transactions with Affiliates.

 

Section 6.06

Restrictive Agreements.

 

Section 6.07

Business Activity.

 

Section 6.08

Restricted Payments.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII  Events of Default

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII  The Administrative Agent

 

Section 8.01

Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.02

Notice of Default.

 

Section 8.03

Reliance by Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.04

Delegation of Duties.

 

Section 8.05

Successor Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.06

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.07

Indemnification of Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.08

Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX  Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01

Notices.

 

Section 9.02

Waivers; Amendments.

 

Section 9.03

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

 

Section 9.04

Successors and Assigns.

 

Section 9.05

Survival.

 

Section 9.06

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

 

Section 9.07

Severability.

 

 

ii



 

Section 9.08

Right of Setoff.

 

Section 9.09

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

Section 9.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 

Section 9.11

Headings.

 

Section 9.12

Confidentiality.

 

Section 9.13

Patriot Act Notice.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X  GUARANTY

 

Section 10.1

The Guaranty.

 

Section 10.2

Bankruptcy.

 

Section 10.3

Nature of Liability.

 

Section 10.4

Independent Obligation.

 

Section 10.5

Authorization.

 

Section 10.6

Reliance.

 

Section 10.7

Waiver.

 

Section 10.8

Limitation on Enforcement.

 

Section 10.9

Confirmation of Payment.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2.01 – Commitments

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.06 – Disclosed Matters

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.14 – Significant Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

Schedule 6.02 – Existing Indebtedness

 

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 2.01 - Commitments

Schedule 3.06 - Disclosed Matters

Schedule 3.14 - Subsidiaries and Significant Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.02 - Existing Indebtedness

 

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A - Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B - Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit C - Form of Revolving Borrowing Request

Exhibit D - Form of Interest Election Request

 

iv



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Credit Agreement ” or “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 20, 2005, among Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto (individually a “ Guarantor ”, collectively the “ Guarantors ”), the Lenders party hereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Issuing Bank, and Citicorp USA, Inc. (“ CUSA ”), as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower is party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 2002, as amended (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower party thereto, the lenders parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower desires to replace the Existing Credit Agreement with this Agreement upon the terms, and subject to the conditions, hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

Section 1.01                             Defined Terms .

 

As used in this Credit Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Administrative Agent ” means CUSA, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, and its successors in such capacity.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent (including any successor agent), together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of CUSA in its

 



 

capacity as the Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1%.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment.  If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, or with respect to the facility fees or utilization fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below (in basis points) under the caption “Eurodollar Spread”, “Facility Fee Rate”, or “Utilization Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the ratings by Moody’s and S&P, respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt:

 

Category

 

Moody’s/S&P Rating

 

Eurodollar Spread

 

Facility Fee Rate

 

Utilization Fee Rate
(Commitment
Utilization Percentage
greater than 50%)

I

 

Greater than or equal to Aa2/AA

 

13.75

 

5.0

 

5.0

II

 

Greater than or equal to Aa3/AA- but less than Aa2/AA

 

14.00

 

6.0

 

7.5

III

 

Greater than or equal to A1/A+ but less than Aa3/AA-

 

20.50

 

7.0

 

7.5

IV

 

Greater than or equal to A2/A but less than A1/A+

 

27.00

 

8.0

 

10.0

V

 

Less than A2/A

 

32.50

 

12.5

 

12.5

 

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if either Moody’s or S&P shall not have in effect a rating for the Index Debt (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating in Category V; (ii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall fall within different Categories, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more Categories lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate

 

2



 

shall be determined by reference to the Category next above that of the lower of the two ratings; and (iii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency.  Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.  If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

 

Approved Fund ” means with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Arranger ” means each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as joint lead arranger and joint book manager.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Assuming Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(d).

 

Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(d)(ii).

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A.

 

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

Borrower ” means Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

 

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing, as the case may be.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to

 

3



 

remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (iv) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (v) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition (“ Government Obligations ”), (b) U.S. dollar denominated (or foreign currency fully hedged) time deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits and Eurodollar certificates of deposit of (y) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 or (z) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or commercial paper or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by any domestic corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements with a bank or trust company (including a Lender) or a recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America, (e) obligations of any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof for the payment of the principal and redemption price of and interest on which there shall have been irrevocably deposited Government Obligations maturing as to principal and interest at times and in amounts sufficient to provide such payment and (f) auction preferred stock rated in the highest short-term credit rating category by S&P or Moody’s.

 

Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities

 

4



 

Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of shares representing more than 25% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; or (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group.

 

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Credit Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Credit Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Credit Agreement.

 

Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans and to acquire participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 or increased pursuant to Section 2.19.  The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

 

Commitment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(b).

 

Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(a).

 

Commitment Utilization Percentage ” means on any day the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans (but not including any Swingline Loans) hereunder plus the aggregate amount of LC Exposure hereunder and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Commitments (or, on any day after termination of the Commitments, the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect immediately preceding such termination) hereunder.

 

Consolidated Assets ” means the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

5



 

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” means the Consolidated Assets less: (i) goodwill and (ii) other intangibles (other than patents, trademarks, licenses, copyrights and other intellectual property and prepaid assets).

 

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ” means at any date, Consolidated Tangible Assets minus Consolidated Total Liabilities, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Total Liabilities ” means at any date, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, total liabilities, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Documents ” means a collective reference to this Credit Agreement, the promissory notes, if any, each Joinder Agreement and all other related agreements and documents issued or delivered hereunder or thereunder or pursuant hereto or thereto (in each case as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time), and “ Credit Document ” means any one of them.

 

CUSA ” means Citicorp USA, Inc.

 

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Disclosed Matters ” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

 

dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(c).

 

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources or the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous

 

6



 

Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

 

Excess Utilization Day ” means each day on which the Commitment Utilization Percentage exceeds 50%.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any

 

7



 

other jurisdiction in which any Lender is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Credit Agreement or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability to comply with Section 2.16(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement dated December 17, 2004 addressed to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent, as amended, modified, restated or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

 

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, senior vice president of finance, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or assistant controller of the Borrower or any officer having substantially the same position for the Borrower.

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the

 

8



 

purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

Guarantor ” means each of the Persons identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto and each Person which may hereafter execute a Joinder Agreement pursuant to Section 5.10, together with their successors and permitted assigns, and “ Guarantor ” means any one of them.

 

Guaranty ” shall mean the guaranty of the Guarantors set forth in Article X.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

 

Increase Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(a).

 

Increasing Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(b).

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to similar cash advances (including, without limitation, all obligations pursuant to any sale or financing of receivables, but excluding any premiums, fees and deposits received in the ordinary course of business), (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable or other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of

 

9



 

guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall exclude Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Index Debt ” means senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

 

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07, in substantially the form of Exhibit D .

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including Swingline Loans), the last day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Revolving Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.

 

Issuing Bank ” means CUSA and Bank of America in their respective capacities as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and their successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(j).  Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the

 

10



 

term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

 

Joinder Agreement ” means a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, executed and delivered by a new Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10.

 

LC Commitment ” means, with respect to each Issuing Bank, the commitment of such Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank plus the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of such Issuing Bank under Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.  The initial amount of each Issuing Bank’s LC Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01.

 

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

 

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 , each Assuming Lender that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.19 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Moneyline Telerate Markets screen (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ LIBO Rate ” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

11



 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Article II of this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the Swingline Loans).

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under this Credit Agreement or (c) the legal rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Credit Agreement.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $100,000,000.   For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Maturity Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Credit Agreement.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is

 

12



 

(or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its base rate in effect at its principal office in New York, New York, each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

 

Restricted Payment ” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding (other than (A) dividends payable solely in the same class of capital stock of such Person and (B) dividends or other distributions payable to the Borrower (directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries) and ratably to minority shareholders), (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding and (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding.

 

Revolving Borrowing ” means Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Revolving Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03, in substantially the form of Exhibit C .

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans, Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure at such time.

 

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

13



 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at any particular time, any Subsidiary of the Borrower (or such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries taken together) that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Borrower within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Swingline Borrowing ” means a Swingline Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04(b).

 

Swingline Commitment ” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding of up to the Swingline Committed Amount.

 

Swingline Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(a).

 

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

14



 

Swingline Lender ” means CUSA, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, and its successors in such capacity.

 

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Credit Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Used Commitment ” means the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans (but not including any Swingline Loans) hereunder plus the aggregate amount of LC Exposure hereunder.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Section 1.02                             Classification of Loans and Borrowings .

 

For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Loan”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Borrowing”).

 

Section 1.03                             Terms Generally .

 

The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Credit Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Credit Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall

 

15



 

be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Section 1.04                             Accounting Terms; GAAP .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Credits

 

Section 2.01                             Commitments .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Loans.

 

Section 2.02                             Revolving Loans and Revolving Borrowings .

 

(a)                                   Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Revolving Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.  Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan.  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.

 

16



 

(c)                                   At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing or on the date of any ABR Borrowing, such Revolving Borrowing shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments.  Revolving Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than an aggregate total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Revolving Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

 

Section 2.03                             Requests for Revolving Borrowings .

 

To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time), three Business Days before the date of the proposed Revolving Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time), on the date of the proposed Revolving Borrowing, including any such notice of an ABR Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e).  Each such telephonic Revolving Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Revolving Borrowing Request signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.  Each such telephonic and written Revolving Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)                                      the aggregate amount of the requested Revolving Borrowing;

 

(ii)                                   the date of such Revolving Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)                                whether such Revolving Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

(iv)                               in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

 

(v)                                  the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

 

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Promptly following receipt of a Revolving Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of

 

17



 

the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04                             Requests for Swingline Borrowings .

 

(a)                                   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed $50,000,000 (the “ Swingline Committed Amount ”), and (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

 

(b)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires a Swingline Loan hereunder it shall give written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing), signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, to the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., (New York City time), on the Business Day of the requested Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) that a Swingline Loan is requested, (ii) the date of the requested Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the principal amount of the Swingline Loan requested.  Each Swingline Loan shall be made as an ABR Loan and shall have such maturity date as set forth in paragraph (d) below.  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by 3:00 P.M., (New York City time), on the Business Day of the requested Swingline Borrowing.

 

(c)                                   Each Swingline Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining amount of the Swingline Committed Amount, if less).

 

(d)                                  The principal amount of all Swingline Loans shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) a date not more than seven (7) Business Days from the date of advance thereof or (ii) the Maturity Date.  The Borrower may prepay all or a portion of any Swingline Loan at any time without premium or penalty.  The Swingline Lender may, at any time, in its sole discretion, upon one Business Day’s prior written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, demand repayment of any Swingline Loan by way of a Revolving Borrowing, in which case the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Borrowing comprised solely of ABR Loans in the amount of such Swingline Loan.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make a Loan ratably in accordance with its respective Commitment as set forth in Section 2.02(a) in the amount, in the manner and on the date specified in the preceding sentence notwithstanding (i) the amount of such Revolving Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for ABR Borrowings otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 4.02 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (iv) failure of any such request or deemed request for an ABR Borrowing to be made by the time otherwise required hereunder, (v) whether the date of such Revolving Borrowing is a date on which ABR Borrowings are otherwise permitted to be made hereunder or (vi) any termination of the Commitments relating thereto immediately prior to or

 

18



 

contemporaneously with such Revolving Borrowing.  In the event that any Revolving Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect), then each Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase (as of the date such Revolving Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrower on or after such date and prior to such purchase) from the Swingline Lender its Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause each such Lender to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon its Applicable Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.08), provided that (i) all interest payable on the Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date as of which the respective interests in the outstanding Swingline Loans are purchased and (ii) at the time any purchase of the respective interests in the outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to this sentence is actually made, the purchasing Lender shall be required to pay to the Swingline Lender, to the extent not paid to the Swingline Lender by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.12, interest on the principal amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans purchased for each day from and including the day upon which such Revolving Borrowing would otherwise have occurred to but excluding the date of payment for such purchase, at the rate equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

 

Section 2.05                             Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                   General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Issuing Bank will issue (or amend, renew or extend) at the request of the Borrower Letters of Credit for account of the Borrower or the account of any Subsidiary, in a form acceptable to such Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.  Notwithstanding any language in a letter of credit application or other agreement, no Lien shall be granted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to such application or agreement.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions .  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to an Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (not less than 2 Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of

 

19



 

such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only (x) if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments, (ii) the LC Exposure for each Issuing Bank shall not exceed such Issuing Bank’s LC Commitment and (iii) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $200,000,000, (y) if the applicable Issuing Bank has not received written notice from any Lender, the Agent or the Company, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall not be satisfied and (z) the applicable Issuing Bank shall have confirmed with the Administrative Agent that the Borrower’s representations in clause (x) above are correct.

 

(c)                                   Expiration Date .  No Letter of Credit shall (i) have an original expiry date more than one year from the date of issuance (provided that any such Letter of Credit may contain customary “evergreen” provisions pursuant to which the expiry date is automatically extended by a specific time period unless the applicable Issuing Bank gives notice to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit at least a specified time period prior to the expiry date then in effect) and (ii) as originally issued or extended, have an expiry date extending beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

 

(d)                                  Participations .  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, each Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement .  If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m.

 

20



 

(New York City time) on such date, and otherwise such payment shall be made not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately following the day such notice is received by the Borrower. Unless the Borrower shall immediately notify the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent of its intent to otherwise reimburse such Issuing Bank for an LC Disbursement, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Borrowing in the amount of the LC Disbursement as provided in paragraph (f) below, the proceeds of which will be used to satisfy its reimbursement obligation.  If the LC Disbursement is not reimbursed as provided above, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.  Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of a Revolving Borrowing as contemplated in paragraph (f) below) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

(f)                                     Repayment with Revolving Loans .  On any day on which the Borrower shall have requested, or been deemed to have requested, a Revolving Borrowing to reimburse an LC Disbursement, the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Lenders that a Revolving Borrowing has been requested or deemed requested in connection with an LC Disbursement, in which case a Revolving Borrowing comprised entirely of ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) shall be immediately made (without giving effect to any termination of the Commitments hereunder) ratably by the Lenders based on each Lender’s respective Applicable Percentage of the total Commitments (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Commitments hereunder) and the proceeds thereof shall be paid directly to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank, for application to the applicable LC Disbursement.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make its Revolving Loan immediately upon any such request or deemed request on account of each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the same date notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for ABR Borrowings otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 4.02 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or Event of Default then exists, (iv) failure of any such request or deemed request for an ABR Borrowing to be made by the time otherwise required hereunder, (v) the date of the Mandatory Borrowing or (vi) any reduction in the total Commitments after any such Letter of Credit may have been drawn upon.

 

21



 

(g)                                  Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section  shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:

 

(i)                                      any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Credit Agreement, or any term or provision therein;

 

(ii)                                   any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or this Credit Agreement;

 

(iii)                                the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

 

(iv)                               any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(v)                                  payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

 

(vi)                               any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the applicable Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.

 

provided that (i) the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any payment or indemnify such Issuing Bank for any wrongful dishonor or any other matter to the extent resulting from acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Issuing Bank, (ii) the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse any Lender for any payment or indemnify any Lender for any matter to the extent resulting from acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Lender and (iii) the Lenders shall not be obligated to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any payment or indemnify such Issuing Bank for any wrongful dishonor or any other matter to the extent resulting from acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Issuing Bank.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by

 

22



 

applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise the agreed standard of care (as set forth below) in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that each Issuing Bank shall have exercised the agreed standard of care in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Bank and if performed in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York and The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits.

 

(h)                                  Disbursement Procedures .  The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit issued by it.  Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

(i)                                      Interim Interest .  If the applicable Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that such LC Disbursement is reimbursed, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

(j)                                      Replacement of an Issuing Bank .  Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of any Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(c).  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.  After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(k)                                   Cash Collateralization .  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the

 

23



 

Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest and fees thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII.  Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account.  Other than any income earned on the investment of such deposits in Cash Equivalents, which investments the Administrative Agent agrees to make at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not otherwise bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time (including, without limitation, reimbursement of the Lenders with LC Exposure), or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within two Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

(l)                                      Letter of Credit Reports .  The Administrative Agent shall furnish (i) to each Lender on the first Business Day of each month a written report summarizing issuance and expiration dates of Letters of Credit issued during the preceding month and drawings during such month under all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank and (ii) to each Lender on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter a written report setting forth the average daily aggregate LC Exposure during the preceding calendar quarter related to all Letters of Credit, in each case with a copy to the Borrower.

 

Section 2.06                             Funding of Revolving Borrowings .

 

(a)                                   Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an

 

24



 

account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Revolving Borrowing Request.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Revolving Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Revolving Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Revolving Borrowing.

 

Section 2.07                             Interest Elections .

 

(a)                                   Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Revolving Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Revolving Borrowing Request.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Revolving Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Revolving Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefore, all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Revolving Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Revolving Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Revolving Borrowing.  This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(b)                                  To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Revolving Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

 

25



 

(c)                                   Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)                                      the Revolving Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Revolving Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Revolving Borrowing);

 

(ii)                                   the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)                                whether the resulting Revolving Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

 

(iv)                               if the resulting Revolving Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)                                  Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Revolving Borrowing.

 

(e)                                   If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Revolving Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Revolving Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

Section 2.08                             Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

 

(a)                                   Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments in whole or in part; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments

 

26



 

shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $50,000,000 and integral multiples of $10,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent.  Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

Section 2.09                             Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan and all interest, fees and other amounts payable hereunder on the Maturity Date and (ii) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the maturity thereof.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)                                  The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be conclusive (absent manifest error) evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.

 

27



 

(e)                                   Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein.

 

Section 2.10                             Prepayment of Loans .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to Section 2.15 and subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (A) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time), three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (B) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time), on the date of prepayment or (C) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time), on the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02.  Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.

 

Section 2.11                             Fees .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Commitment of such Lender (whether used or unused) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after its Commitment terminates, then such facility fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure from and including the date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure.  Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur

 

28



 

after the date hereof; provided that any facility fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  All facility fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a utilization fee equal to the Applicable Rate in effect from time to time for each day on which the Commitment Utilization Percentage exceeds 50%, which fee shall accrue on the daily amount of the Used Commitment of such Lender for each Excess Utilization Day during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after its Commitment terminates, then such utilization fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure for each Excess Utilization Day from and including the date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure.  Accrued utilization fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any utilization fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  All utilization fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Spreads (as defined under “ Applicable Rate ”) on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) related to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360

 

29



 

days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(d)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to an Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees, utilization fees and participation fees, to the Lenders.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

Section 2.12                             Interest .

 

(a)                                   The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

(b)                                  The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due (following the expiration of any grace period specified in Article VII), whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided above or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided above.

 

(d)                                  Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment, (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefore, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion and (iv) all accrued interest shall be payable upon termination of the Commitments.

 

(e)                                   All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

30



 

(f)                                     If any Lender shall be required under the regulations of the Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of, or including, Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan made to the Borrower by such Lender, from the date of such Loan until such Loan is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period from (ii) the rate obtained by multiplying LIBO Rate as referred to in clause (i) above by the Statutory Reserve Rate applicable to such Lender for such Interest Period.  Such additional interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than five Business Days before the next Interest Payment Date for such Eurodollar Loan, and such additional interest so notified to the Borrower by any Lender shall be payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender on each Interest Payment Date for such Eurodollar Loan.

 

Section 2.13                             Alternate Rate of Interest .

 

If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(a)                                   the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not, in their reasonable judgment, adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Revolving Borrowing for such Interest Period;

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Revolving Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Revolving Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Revolving Borrowings, then the other Type of Revolving Borrowings shall be permitted.

 

Section 2.14                             Increased Costs .

 

(a)                                   If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)                                      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit

 

31



 

extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (other than any reserves included in the Statutory Reserve Rate); or

 

(ii)                                   impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Credit Agreement or Eurodollar Loans or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost (except with respect to Excluded Taxes) to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost (except with respect to Excluded Taxes) to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable (except to the extent caused by Excluded Taxes) by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender or any Issuing Bank reasonably determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Credit Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)                                   A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and the method of calculating such amounts, in reasonable detail, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)                                  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that

 

32



 

such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefore; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

Section 2.15                             Break Funding Payments .

 

In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.10(b) if such notice is revoked in accordance herewith two Business Days or less before the specified effective date), (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (but not loss of profit) attributable to such event.  In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, over (ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for dollar deposits from other banks in the eurodollar market at the commencement of such period.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

Section 2.16                             Taxes .

 

(a)                                   Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, each Lender or each Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make

 

33



 

such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                  In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, and each Issuing Bank within 10 days after written demand therefore, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   Each Foreign Lender, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement or on the date of the Assumption Agreement or the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender, as applicable, shall provide the Borrower with any form or certificate that is required by any taxing authority (including, if applicable, a copy of Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), certifying that such Lender is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of withholding taxes on payments pursuant to this Credit Agreement.  Thereafter, each such Lender shall provide additional forms or certificates (i) to the extent a form or certificate previously provided has been inaccurate, invalid or otherwise ceases to be effective or (ii) as requested in writing by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.  If any Foreign Lender fails to comply with the provisions of this Section, the Borrower, may, as required by law, deduct and withhold federal income tax payments from payments to such Lender under this Credit Agreement.  The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the payment of all obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)                                     Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.16 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to select or change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the making of such a selection or change would avoid the need for, or reduce the

 

34



 

amount of, any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(g)                                  If any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, obtains a refund of any Tax for which payment has been made pursuant to this Section 2.16, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (and without any obligation to disclose its tax records) is allocable to such payment made under this Section 2.16, the amount of such refund (together with any interest received thereon and reduced by reasonable costs incurred in obtaining such refund) promptly shall be paid to the Borrower to the extent payment has been made in full by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.16.

 

Section 2.17                             Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

 

(b)                                  If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, to pay interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, to pay principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements  then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Distributions then due to such parties.

 

(c)                                   If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other

 

35



 

Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Credit Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)                                  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

 

(e)                                   If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(a) or 2.17(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

 

Section 2.18                             Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a)                                   If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices,

 

36



 

branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

Section 2.19.                          Increase in the Aggregate Commitments .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower may, at any time but in any event not more than once in any calendar year prior to the Maturity Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent, request that the aggregate amount of the Commitments be increased by an amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof (each a “ Commitment Increase ”) to be effective as of a date that is at least 90 days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (the “ Increase Date ”) as specified in the related notice to the Administrative Agent; provided , however that (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Commitments at any time exceed $1,250,000,000 and (ii) on the date of any request by the Borrower for a Commitment Increase and on the related Increase Date, (x) the representations and warranties in Section 3 shall be true and correct and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of a request by the Borrower for a Commitment Increase, which notice shall include (i) the proposed amount of such requested Commitment Increase, (ii) the proposed Increase Date and (iii) the date by which Lenders wishing to participate in the Commitment Increase must commit to an increase in

 

37



 

the amount of their respective Commitments (the “ Commitment Date ”).  Each Lender that is willing to participate in such requested Commitment Increase (each an “ Increasing Lender ”) shall, in its sole discretion, give written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Commitment Date of the amount by which it is willing to increase its Commitment.  If the Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that they are willing to increase the amount of their respective Commitments by an aggregate amount that exceeds the amount of the requested Commitment Increase, the requested Commitment Increase shall be allocated among the Lenders willing to participate therein in such amounts as are agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                   Promptly following each Commitment Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as to the amount, if any, by which the Lenders are willing to participate in the requested Commitment Increase.  If the aggregate amount by which the Lenders are willing to participate in any requested Commitment Increase on any such Commitment Date is less than the requested Commitment Increase, then the Borrower may extend offers to one or more Persons (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) approved by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Issuing Bank (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) (each, an “ Eligible Assignee ”) to participate in any portion of the requested Commitment Increase that has not been committed to by the Lenders as of the applicable Commitment Date; provided , however , that the Commitment of each such Eligible Assignee shall be in an amount of $5,000,000 or more.

 

(d)                                  On each Increase Date, each Eligible Assignee that accepts an offer to participate in a requested Commitment Increase in accordance with Section 2.19(b) (each such Eligible Assignee, an “ Assuming Lender ”) shall become a Lender party to this Agreement as of such Increase Date and the Commitment of each Increasing Lender for such requested Commitment Increase shall be so increased by such amount (or by the amount allocated to such Lender pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.19(b)) as of such Increase Date; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent shall have received on or before such Increase Date the following, each dated such date:

 

(i)                                      (A) certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving the Commitment Increase and the corresponding modifications to this Agreement and (B) an opinion of counsel for the Borrower (which may be in-house counsel), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(ii)                                   an assumption agreement from each Assuming Lender, if any, in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (each an “ Assumption Agreement ”), duly executed by such Assuming Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; and

 

(iii)                                confirmation from each Increasing Lender of the increase in the amount of its Commitment in a writing satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

On each Increase Date, upon fulfillment of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 2.19(d), the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders (including,

 

38



 

without limitation, each Assuming Lender) and the Borrower, on or before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time), by telecopier, of the occurrence of the Commitment Increase to be effected on such Increase Date and shall record in the Register the relevant information with respect to each Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender on such date.

 

(e)                                   On the Increase Date, if any Loans are then outstanding, the Borrower shall borrow from all or certain of the Lenders and/or (subject to compliance by the Borrower with Section 2.15) prepay Loans of all or certain of the Lenders such that, after giving effect thereto, the Loans (including, without limitation, the Types and Interest Periods thereof) shall be held by the Lenders (including for such purposes the Increasing Lenders and the Assuming Lenders) ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  On and after each Increase Date, the Applicable Percentage of each Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Loans from draws under Letters of Credit shall be calculated after giving effect to each such Commitment Increase.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

Section 3.01                             Organization; Powers .

 

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

Section 3.02                             Authorization; Enforceability .

 

The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, shareholder action.  This Credit Agreement and each promissory note, if any, has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03                             Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .

 

The Transactions (a) do not require any material consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a

 

39



 

default under any material indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 3.04                             Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2004 , reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the fiscal quarters ended July 30, 2004 and October 29, 2004, signed by its chief financial officer.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

 

(b)                                  There has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from those disclosed in the Borrower’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2004, other than as disclosed in the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for its fiscal quarters ending on July 30, 2004 and October 29, 2004 and the Borrower’s current reports on Form 8-K dated December 6, 2004 and January 6, 2005.

 

Section 3.05                             Properties .

 

(a)                                   Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

 

(b)                                  Except for Disclosed Matters, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.06                             Litigation and Environmental Matters .

 

(a)                                   There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a

 

40



 

Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Except for the Disclosed Matters or except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

(c)                                   Since the date of this Credit Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.07                             Compliance with Laws and Agreements .

 

(a)                                   Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would be reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08                             Investment and Holding Company Status .

 

Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

 

Section 3.09                             Taxes .

 

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed (taking into account any extensions granted by the applicable taxing authority) and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

41



 

Section 3.10                             ERISA .

 

No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $100,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $100,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

 

Section 3.11                             Disclosure .

 

The Borrower has disclosed (which disclosure includes all filings by the Borrower pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender for use specifically in connection with the negotiation of this Credit Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

Section 3.12                             Federal Regulations .

 

No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used in any transaction or for any purpose which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as now and from time to time hereafter in effect.  If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of Form FR U-1 referred to in said Regulation U.

 

Section 3.13                             Purpose of Loans .

 

The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used to (i) refinance the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) finance any lawful general corporate purpose, including acquisitions, and working capital.

 

42



 

Section 3.14                             Significant Subsidiaries .

 

Set forth on Schedule 3.14 is a complete and accurate list of all Significant Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Conditions

 

Section 4.01                             Closing Conditions .

 

This Credit Agreement shall become effective on the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

 

(a)                                   The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Credit Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Credit Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion or opinions (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date) of (i) Fredrikson & Bryon, P.A., counsel for the Borrower and the Guarantors and (ii) of Senior Legal Counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors, and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, this Credit Agreement or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

 

(e)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation the fees set forth in the Fee Letter and, to the extent invoiced, the reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

 

(f)                                     The commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been terminated and all amounts owing thereunder shall have been paid.

 

43



 

Section 4.02                             Each Credit Event .

 

The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Revolving Borrowing, each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit and the Swingline Lender to make a Swingline Loan on the occasion of any Swingline Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Credit Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of, and after giving effect to, such Borrowing and after giving effect to, the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; provided , that, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(b), 3.06 (other than clause (a)(ii) thereof), 3.07(a) and 3.10 shall be deemed made, and shall be required to be true and correct, only on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01                             Financial Statements and Other Information .

 

The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (with copies for each Lender):

 

(a)                                   within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a

 

44



 

consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (the Lenders agree that the Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph (a) will be satisfied in respect of any fiscal year by delivery to the Administrative Agent, with copies for each Lender, within 100 days after the end of such fiscal year of its annual report for such fiscal year on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC);

 

(b)                                  within 55 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (including the fiscal quarter ending on January 28, 2005), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes (the Lenders agree that the Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph (b) will be satisfied in respect of any fiscal quarter by delivering to the Administrative Agent, with copies for each Lender, within 55 days after the end of such fiscal quarter of its quarterly report for such fiscal quarter on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC);

 

(c)                                   concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.01 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a)(i) and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

 

(d)                                  promptly after the same become publicly available or upon transmission or receipt thereof, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be, provided that, with respect to materials filed with any national securities exchange, only material filings shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this paragraph (d); and

 

(e)                                   promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Credit Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

 

45



 

Section 5.02                             Notices of Material Events .

 

The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of, but in any event not later than five Business Days after, the following:

 

(a)                                   the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)                                  the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $100,000,000;

 

(c)                                   the non-compliance with any contractual obligation or requirement of law that is not currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if all such non-compliance in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  the revocation of any license, permit, authorization, certificate, qualification or accreditation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any Governmental Authority if all such revocations in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e)                                   a change in rating for the Index Debt by either Moody’s or S&P; and

 

(f)                                     any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.03                             Existence; Conduct of Business .

 

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or stock or asset sale permitted under Section 6.04.

 

Section 5.04                             Payment of Obligations .

 

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and

 

46



 

(c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.05                             Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .

 

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations or maintain a system or systems of self-insurance or assumption of risk which accords with the practices of similar businesses.

 

Section 5.06                             Books and Records; Inspection Rights .

 

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

 

Section 5.07                             Compliance with Laws .

 

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.08                             Use of Proceeds .

 

The proceeds of the Loans will be used for the purposes described in Section 3.13.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations U and X.

 

Section 5.09                             Maintenance of Accreditation, Etc .

 

The Borrower will preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, all licenses, permits, authorizations, certifications and qualifications (including, without limitation, those qualifications with respect to solvency and capitalization) required, except where the failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

47



 

Section 5.10                             Additional Subsidiary Guarantors .

 

The Borrower will cause each of its Significant Subsidiaries, whether newly formed, after acquired or otherwise existing, to promptly become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement in the form of Exhibit B .

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Negative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01                             Consolidated Tangible Net Worth .

 

The Consolidated Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be greater than or equal to $1,040,000,000.

 

Section 6.02                             Indebtedness .

 

The Borrower will  not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any other Indebtedness or liability on account of borrowed money, represented by any notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, or on account of the deferred purchase price of any property, or any other deposits, advance or progress payments under contracts, except :

 

(a)                                   Indebtedness arising or existing under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

(c)                                   Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Closing Date consisting of Capital Lease Obligations or Indebtedness incurred to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset provided that (i) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price or cost of construction of such asset and (ii) no such Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness secured by Liens to the extent permitted under Section 6.03;

 

 

48



 

(f)                                     other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that such Indebtedness is not senior in right of payment to the payment of the Indebtedness arising or existing under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

Section 6.03                             Liens .

 

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding at any time 20% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter of the Borrower.

 

Section 6.04                             Fundamental Changes .

 

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Person may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Person, including any Affiliate, may merge with any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets or stock to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary, (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or the Borrower or any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the assets or stock of any Subsidiary if, in each case, the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, (v) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may sell immaterial businesses, including Subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of business and (vi) any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of acquiring a Person or a minority interest in any Person may merge into such Person.

 

Section 6.05                             Transactions with Affiliates .

 

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliates, (c) contributions to the Medtronic Foundation in amounts consistent with past practices or (d) as otherwise permitted by this Credit Agreement.

 

49



 

Section 6.06                             Restrictive Agreements .

 

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions to the Borrower (directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries) and ratably to minority shareholders with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, rule, regulation or regulatory administrative agreement or determination or by this Credit Agreement, and (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder.

 

Section 6.07                             Business Activity .

 

The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Significant Subsidiary to, alter the character of its business in any material respect from that conducted as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 6.08                             Restricted Payments .

 

The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted Payment, except distributions in respect of the capital stock of such Person or the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of the capital stock of such Person (or any warrant, option or other rights with respect to any shares of capital stock (now or hereafter outstanding) of such Person) if no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Events of Default

 

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a)                                   the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect to any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (or any Guarantor shall fail to pay on the Guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of any other Guaranty obligations thereunder);

 

(b)                                  the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Credit Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

50



 

(c)                                   any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

 

(d)                                  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

 

(e)                                   the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower;

 

(f)                                     the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (subject to any applicable grace periods or  notice requirements);

 

(g)                                  any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with the giving of notice if required) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or (ii) the Indebtedness under this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any  Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(i)                                      the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article,

 

51



 

(iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(j)                                      the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability to pay, or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(k)                                   one or more judgments or decrees shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Significant Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall not have been paid, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 75 days from the entry thereof that involves in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $100,000,000 or more;

 

(l)                                      an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m)                                a Change in Control of the Borrower shall occur; or

 

(n)                                  the Guaranty or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or any Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf of any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm any Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately (and the Commitments shall terminate), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

52



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Administrative Agent

 

Section 8.01                             Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent .

 

Each of the Lenders and each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 8.02                             Notice of Default .

 

The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Credit Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.03                             Reliance by Administrative Agent .

 

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying

 

53



 

thereon .  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

Section 8.04                             Delegation of Duties .

 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.05                             Successor Administrative Agent .

 

The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders.  If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor administrative agent for the Lenders which successor administrative agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  If no successor administrative agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor administrative agent from among the Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder, such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.  If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

 

Section 8.06                             Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent .

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance

 

54



 

upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Credit Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Section 8.07                             Indemnification of Administrative Agent .

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower or any Guarantor to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , however , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorney costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower.  The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Commitments, the payment of all obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.08                             Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity .

 

CUSA and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower and each of the Guarantors and their respective Affiliates as though CUSA were not the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, CUSA or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrower, any of the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Person or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.  With respect to its Loans, CUSA shall have the same rights and powers under this Credit Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include CUSA in its individual capacity.

 

55



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01                             Notices .

 

(a)                                   Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or as otherwise set forth in Section 9.01(b) below, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

(i)

 

if to the Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medtronic, Inc.

 

 

 

710 Medtronic Parkway

 

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55432-5604,

 

 

 

Attention: Treasury Department, Mail Stop LC480

 

 

 

Telecopy No. (763) 505-2700

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medtronic, Inc.

 

 

 

710 Medtronic Parkway

 

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55432-5604,

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel, Mail Stop LC400

 

 

 

Telecopy No. (763) 572-5459

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

if to the Administrative Agent, CUSA or its Affiliates as an Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender:

 

 

 

 

Citicorp USA, Inc.

 

Two Penns Way

 

New Castle, Delaware  19720

 

Attn:  Bank Loan Syndications

 

Telephone:

 

Telecopy:  212-

 

 

 

(iii)

 

if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

56



 

(b)                                  So long as CUSA or any of its Affiliates is the Administrative Agent, materials required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b), and (d) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in an electronic medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by e-mail at oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com.  The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may make such materials (collectively, the “ Communications ”) available to the Lenders by posting such notices on Intralinks or a substantially similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”).  The Borrower acknowledges that (i) the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution, (ii) the Platform is provided “as is” and “as available” and (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Communications or the Platform.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Platform.

 

(c)                                   Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) (a “ Notice ”) specifying that any Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of such information, documents or other materials to such Lender for purposes of this Agreement; provided that if requested by any Lender the Administrative Agent shall deliver a copy of the Communications to such Lender by email or telecopier.  Each Lender agrees (i) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of such Lender’s e-mail address to which a Notice may be sent by electronic transmission (including by electronic communication) on or before the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record an effective e-mail address for such Lender) and (ii) that any Notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

Section 9.02                             Waivers; Amendments .

 

(a)                                   No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

57



 

(b)                                  Neither this Credit Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under this Credit Agreement, without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) change or amend Section 2.04 without the consent of the Swingline Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

 

Section 9.03                             Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Credit Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees and disbursements of any outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Credit Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including in connection with any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such

 

58



 

Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees and disbursements of any outside counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Credit Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit issued by it if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective directors, shareholders or creditors, an Indemnitee or any other Person, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                   To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

 

(d)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Credit Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan, Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e)                                   All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

 

59



 

Section 9.04                             Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                   The provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower or any Guarantor without such consent shall be null and void); provided , however, that no such consent shall be required for any transaction permitted under Section 6.04.  Nothing in this Credit Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect thereto, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its LC Exposure, the Issuing Banks) must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund with respect thereto or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent and, after giving effect to such assignment, the assigning Lender and its Affiliates and the Approved Funds with respect to such Lender shall have a Commitment of at least $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, (iii) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; provided further that any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Credit Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and

 

60



 

Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and shall continue to be bound by Section 8.07, in each as relates to matters arising before such assignment).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Credit Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in New Castle, Delaware a copy of each Assumption Agreement and each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

 

(d)                                  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Credit Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(e)                                   Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Credit Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that

 

61



 

affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

(f)                                     A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.16(e) as though it were a Lender.

 

(g)                                  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Credit Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”) of such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment to make any Loan by any SPC and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by the Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any payment under this Credit Agreement for which a Lender would otherwise be liable, for so long as, and to the extent, the related Granting Lender makes such payment.  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or similar proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04 or in Section 9.12, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to its Granting Lender or to any financial institutions providing liquidity and/or credit facilities to or for the account of such SPC to fund the

 

62



 

Loans made by such SPC or to support the securities (if any) issued by such SPC to fund such Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of a surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

Section 9.05                             Survival .

 

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Credit Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Credit Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Credit Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 9.06                             Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

 

This Credit Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Credit Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Credit Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Credit Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Credit Agreement.

 

Section 9.07                             Severability .

 

Any provision of this Credit Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

63



 

Section 9.08                             Right of Setoff .

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Credit Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Credit Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

Section 9.09                             Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a)                                   This Credit Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Credit Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Credit Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Credit Agreement against the Borrower or any Guarantor or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Credit Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)                                  Each party to this Credit Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.  Nothing in this Credit Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Credit Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

64



 

Section 9.10                             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN  ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Section 9.11                             Headings .

 

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Credit Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Credit Agreement.

 

Section 9.12                             Confidentiality .

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ and its Approved Funds’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent, and only to the extent, required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Person required to disclose such information shall take reasonable efforts (at Borrower’s expense) to ensure that any Information so disclosed shall be afforded confidential treatment, (d) to any other party to this Credit Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Credit Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower who is not, to the knowledge of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, under an obligation of confidentiality to Borrower with respect to such Information.  For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower;

 

65



 

provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

Section 9.13                             Patriot Act N otice .

 

Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.  The Borrower shall provide, to the extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lenders in order to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

 

ARTICLE X

 

GUARANTY

 

Section 10.1                             The Guaranty .

 

In order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to enter into this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to extend credit hereunder and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the Guarantors from the Borrowings and Letters of Credit hereunder, each of the Guarantors hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows: each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably jointly and severally guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all obligations of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders.  If any or all of the obligations of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders becomes due and payable hereunder, each Guarantor unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, on order, or demand, together with any and all reasonable expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders in collecting any of the obligations.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state).

 

66



 

Section 10.2                             Bankruptcy .

 

Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally the payment of any and all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and Lenders whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the occurrence of any of the Event of Default specified in Article VII, subsection (i), and unconditionally promises to pay such obligations to the Administrative Agent for the account of itself, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States.  Each of the Guarantors further agrees that to the extent that the Borrower or a Guarantor shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided, and/or required to be repaid to the Borrower or a Guarantor, the estate of the Borrower or a Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made.

 

Section 10.3                             Nature of Liability .

 

The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the indebtedness of the Borrower whether executed by any such Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the indebtedness of the Borrower, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrower, or (e) any payment made to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders on the indebtedness which the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lenders repay the Borrower pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Guarantors waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding.

 

Section 10.4                             Independent Obligation .

 

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other guarantor or the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor whether or not action is brought against any other guarantor or the Borrower and whether or not any other Guarantor or the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions.

 

67



 

Section 10.5                             Authorization .

 

Each of the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the indebtedness or any part thereof in accordance with this Credit Agreement, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold security from any guarantor or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty or the indebtedness and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, the Borrower or other obligors.

 

Section 10.6                             Reliance .

 

It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrower or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

 

Section 10.7                             Waiver .

 

(a)                                   Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agent’s, any Issuing Bank’s or any Lender’s power whatsoever.  Each of the Guarantors waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party other than payment in full of the indebtedness, including without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the indebtedness or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower other than payment in full of the indebtedness.  The Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have against the Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the indebtedness has been paid.  Each of the Guarantors waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or

 

68



 

subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantors against the Borrower or any other party or any security.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notice of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional indebtedness.  Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the indebtedness and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders against the Borrower or any other guarantor of the indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders (collectively, the “ Other Parties ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Loans and the reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements hereunder shall have been paid and the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit are outstanding.  Each of the Guarantors hereby further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders now have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the indebtedness of the Borrower and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to or for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to secure payment of the indebtedness of the Borrower until such time as the Loans and the reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements hereunder shall have been paid and the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit are outstanding.

 

Section 10.8                             Limitation on Enforcement .

 

The Lenders and the Issuing Banks agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders and that none of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of itself, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders under the terms of this Credit Agreement.  The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder or other equityholder of the Guarantors.

 

69



 

Section 10.9                             Confirmation of Payment .

 

The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders will, upon request after payment of the indebtedness and obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty and termination of the Commitments relating thereto and the expiration or the termination of all Letters of Credit, confirm to the Borrower, the Guarantors or any other Person that such indebtedness and obligations have been paid and the Commitments relating thereto terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

 

70



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

BORROWER :

MEDTRONIC, INC,

 

a Minnesota corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Ching-Meng Chew

 

 

Name:

Ching-Meng Chew

 

 

Title:

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS :

MEDTRONIC MINIMED, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC INTERNATIONAL, LTD,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC VASCULAR, INC .,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC INTERNATIONAL

 

TECHNOLOGY, INC. ,

 

a Minnesota corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

71



 

 

MEDTRONIC SOFAMOR DANEK, INC. ,

 

an Indiana corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC USA, INC. ,

 

a Minnesota corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Name:

 Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

72



 

LENDERS :

CITICORP USA, INC. ,

 

individually in its capacity as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Name:

Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

CITICORP USA, INC.

 

individually in its capacity as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Name:

Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

CITICORP USA, INC. ,

 

individually in its capacity as Swingline Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Name:

Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A. ,

 

individually in its capacity as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Name:

Carolyn A. Kee

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

individually in its capacity as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Philip S. Durand

 

 

Name:

Philip S. Durand

 

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

individually in its capacity as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Philip S. Durand

 

 

Name:

Philip S. Durand

 

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD.,

 

CHICAGO BRANCH

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Patrick McCue

 

 

Name:

Patrick McCue

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President and Manager

 

 

73



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Patrick Dutilly

 

 

Name:

Patrick Dutilly

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Belinda Wheeler

 

 

Name:

Belinda Wheeler

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas T. Hou

 

 

Name:

Thomas T. Hou

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Greg Botshon

 

 

Name:

Greg Botshon

 

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Allison S. Gelfman

 

 

Name:

Allison S. Gelfman

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jacqueline T. Ryan

 

 

Name:

Jacqueline T. Ryan

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Doris Mesa

 

 

Name:

Doris Mesa

 

 

Title:

 

Associate Director Banking Products

 

 

 

Services, US

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Name:

Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Title:

 

Associate Director Banking Products

 

 

 

Services, US

 

 

74



 

 

ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert H. Steelman

 

 

Name:

Robert H. Steelman

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michele R. Costello

 

 

Name:

Michele R. Costello

 

 

Title:

 

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

BNP PARIBAS

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JoEllen Bender

 

 

Name:

Jo Ellen Bender

 

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gaye C. Plunkett

 

 

Name:

Gaye C. Plunkett

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT
CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Manda D’Agata

 

 

Name:

Manda D’Agata

 

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Louis Alder

 

 

Name:

Louis Alder

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Daniel Twenge

 

 

Name:

Daniel Twenge

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ William F. Fox

 

 

Name:

William F. Fox

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

75



 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Karen Weathers

 

 

Name:

Karen Weathers

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Ann-Drea Burns

 

 

Name:

Ann-Drea Burns

 

 

Title:

 

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Chris Swindell

 

 

Name:

Chris Swindell

 

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ David C. Fisher

 

 

Name:

David C. Fisher

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

SUNTRUST BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ W. Brooks Hubbard

 

 

Name:

W. Brooks Hubbard

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

76


Exhibit 10.1

 

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Optionee’s Name

Optionee’s Address

Grant Date

Number of Options Granted

Option Price

Aggregate Option Price

 

1.                                        The Option.  Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual named above (the “Optionee”), as of the above Grant Date, an option (the “Option”) to purchase the above number of shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), for the above Option Price Per Share, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) and in the Medtronic, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Option.  The exercise of the Option is subject to the following conditions and restrictions:

 

(a)                                   Expiration .  The Option may be exercised in whole or in part, from time to time, during the period commencing on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the above Expiration Date, or (ii) the expiration of the applicable period following your termination of employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries, as provided in Sections 2(c),(d) or (e) below.

 

(b)                                  Schedule of Exercisability .  The Option shall become vested and exercisable to the extent of 25% of the above number of shares of Common Stock on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date.    Once a portion of the Option has become exercisable, that portion may be exercised at any time thereafter, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(a) above.

 

(c)                                   Death .  Notwithstanding the schedule of exercisability set forth in Section 2(b) above, the Option shall become immediately exercisable in full upon your death, and may be exercised by your Successor (as defined below) at any time, or from time to time, within five years after the date of your death.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Successor” shall mean the legal representative of your estate or the person or persons who may, by bequest or inheritance, or valid beneficiary designation (as provided in Section 15 of the Plan), acquire the right to exercise the Option.

 

(d)                                  Disability or Retirement .  Notwithstanding the schedule of exercisability set forth in Section 2(b) above, the Option shall become immediately exercisable in full upon your Disability or Retirement (as each such term is defined below), and you may exercise your Option at any time, or from time to time, within five years after the date of Retirement or determination of Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Disability”  and  “Retirement” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms under any retirement plan of the Company which is qualified under Section 401 of the Code  (which currently provides for retirement on or after age 55, provided you have been employed by the Company and/or one or more Affiliates for at least ten years, or retirement on or after age 62), or under any disability or retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate applicable to you due to employment by a non-U.S. Affiliate or employment in a non-U.S. location, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

(e)                                   Termination for Any Other Reason .  In the event your employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than those specified in Sections 2(c) and 2(d), the unvested portion of the Option will terminate as of 11:00 p.m. CT (midnight ET) on the date of termination of your employment.  You may exercise that portion of the Option that was vested but unexercised as of the date of termination of your employment for thirty (30) days following the date of termination of your employment.  At 11:00 p.m. CT (midnight ET) on the date 30 days after the date of termination of your employment, the Option will expire.

 

(f)                                     Change in Control .  Notwithstanding the schedule of exercisability set forth in Section 2(b) above, the Option shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(g)                                  Expiration of Term .  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (a)-(f), in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 



 

3.                                        Manner of Exercise.  To exercise your Option, you must deliver notice of exercise (the “Notice”) to UBS Financial Services.  The Notice must specify the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) as to which the Option is being exercised and must be accompanied by payment of the purchase price for the Shares in cash, check, or by the delivery of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee, or by a combination thereof, pursuant to such forms and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed from time to time by the Committee.

 

Exercise shall be deemed to occur on the earlier of the date the Notice and option cost payment are received by UBS Financial Services or the date you simultaneously exercise the Option and sell the shares, using the proceeds from such sale to pay the purchase price.

 

4.                                        Withholding Taxes.  You are responsible for payment of any federal, state, local or other taxes which must be withheld upon the exercise of the Option, and you must promptly pay to the Company any such taxes.  The Company and its subsidiaries are authorized to deduct from any payment owed to you any taxes required to be withheld with respect to the Shares, including social security and Medicare (FICA) taxes and federal, state and local income tax with respect to income arising from the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes before issuing any Shares pursuant to an exercise of the Option.  In lieu of all or any part of a cash payment, you may elect to have a portion of the Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company to satisfy all or part of the withholding tax requirements relating to the Option exercise with such Shares valued in the same manner as used in computing such withholding taxes.  Any fractional share amount due relating to such tax withholding will be rounded up to the nearest whole share and the additional amount will be added to your federal withholding.

 

5.                                        Forfeitures.    If you have received or been entitled to receive payment in cash, delivery of Common Stock or a combination thereof pursuant to an Option within the period beginning six months prior to your termination of employment with the Company or its Affiliates and ending when the Option terminates or is cancelled, the Company, in its sole discretion, may require you to return or forfeit the cash and/or Common Stock received or receivable with respect to the Option (or its economic value as of the date of the exercise of the Option), in the event you are involved in any of the following occurrences:  performing services for or on behalf of a competitor of, or otherwise competing with, the Company or any Affiliate, unauthorized disclosure of material proprietary information of the Company or any Affiliate, a violation of applicable business ethics policies or business policies of the Company or any Affiliate, or any other occurrence determined by the Committee.  The Company’s right to require forfeiture must be exercised not later than 90 days after discovery of such an occurrence but in no event later than 15 months after your termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates.  Such right shall be deemed to be exercised upon the Company’s mailing written notice to you of such exercise at your most recent home address as shown on the personnel records of the Company.  In addition to requiring forfeiture as described herein, the Company may exercise its rights under this Section 5 by preventing or terminating the exercise of any Options or the acquisition of Shares or cash thereunder.  If you fail or refuse to forfeit the cash and/or Shares demanded by the Company (adjusted for any intervening stock splits), you shall be liable to the Company for damages equal to the number of Shares demanded times the highest closing price per share of the Common Stock during the period between the exercise date of the Option and the date of any judgment or award to the Company, together with all costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Company to enforce this provision.

 

6.                                        Transferability .  Upon prior written approval of the Corporate Secretary of the Company, in his or her discretion, this Option may be transferred to a member of your “immediate family” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation) or to one or more trusts whose beneficiaries are members of your “immediate family” or  partnerships in which such family members are the only partners; provided, however, that (1) you receive no consideration for the transfer and (2) the transferred Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such Option immediately prior to its transfer.

 

7.                                        Conversion to Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Rights.  At any time following the Grant Date, the Company may convert this Option to a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, you shall receive Common Stock with a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the aggregate of (a) the Option Price Per Share multiplied by the number of Shares and (b) the amount of any taxes required to be withheld as a result of such exercise.

 

8.                                        Agreement.  Your receipt of the Option and this Agreement constitutes your agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 



 

Accompanying this Agreement are instructions for accessing the Plan and the Plan Summary (prospectus) on the Company’s intranet.  You may also print these documents from the intranet or request written copies by contacting Shareholder Services at 763.505.3030.

 

Shareholder Services, MS LC 310

Medtronic, Inc.

710 Medtronic Parkway

Minneapolis, MN 55432

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Optionee’s Name

Optionee’s Address

Grant Date

Number of Options Granted

Option Price

Aggregate Option Price

 

1.                                        The Option.  Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual named above (the “Optionee”), as of the above Grant Date, an option (the “Option”) to purchase the above number of shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), for the above Option Price Per Share, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) and in the Medtronic, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2.                                        Exercise of Option.  The exercise of the Option is subject to the following conditions and restrictions:

 

(a)                                   Expiration .  The Option may be exercised in whole or in part, from time to time, during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the above Expiration Date, or (ii) the expiration of the applicable period following your termination of employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries, as provided in Section 2(f) below.

 

(b)                                  Schedule of Exercisability .  The Option shall be 100% vested and exercisable commencing on the Grant Date.

 

(c)                                   Death .  If your employment with the Company terminates due to your death, the unexercised portion of the Option will continue to be exercisable until the Expiration Date, and may be exercised by your Successor (as defined below) at any time, or from time to time, until such Expiration Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Successor” shall mean the legal representative of your estate or the person or persons who may, by bequest or inheritance, or valid beneficiary designation (as provided in Section 15 of the Plan), acquire the right to exercise the Option.

 

(d)                                  Disability or Retirement .  If your employment with the Company terminates due to your Disability or Retirement (as each such term is defined below), you may exercise your Option at any time, or from time to time, until the Expiration Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Disability” and  “Retirement” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms under any retirement plan of the Company which is qualified under Section 401 of the Code  (which currently provides for retirement on or after age 55, provided you have been employed by the Company and/or one or more Affiliates for at least ten years, or retirement on or after age 62), or under any disability or retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate applicable to you due to employment by a non-U.S. Affiliate or employment in a non-U.S. location, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

(e)                                   Job Elimination .  If your employment terminates by reason of Job Elimination, the unexercised portion of the Option will continue to be exercisable until the Expiration Date.  For purposes of this Section 2(e), “Job Elimination” shall mean termination of your employment due to facility closure, layoff or other broad-based termination of employment effected for business purposes.

 

(f)                                     Termination for Any Other Reason .  In the event your employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than those specified in Sections 2(c),  2(d), and 2(e), you may exercise the unexercised portion of the Option for thirty (30) days following the date of termination of your employment.  At 11:00 p.m.CT (midnight ET) on the date 30 days after the date of termination of your employment, the Option will expire.

 

(g)                                  Expiration of Term .  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (a)-(f), in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

3.                                        Manner of Exercise.  To exercise your Option, you must deliver notice of exercise (the “Notice”) to UBS Financial Services.  The Notice must specify the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) as to which the Option is being exercised and must be accompanied by payment of the purchase price for the Shares in cash, check, or by the

 



 

delivery of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee, or by a combination thereof, pursuant to such forms and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed from time to time by the Committee.

 

Exercise shall be deemed to occur on the earlier of the date the Notice and option cost payment are received by UBS Financial Services or the date you simultaneously exercise the Option and sell the shares, using the proceeds from such sale to pay the purchase price.

 

4.                                        Withholding Taxes.  You are responsible for payment of any federal, state, local or other taxes which must be withheld upon the exercise of the Option, and you must promptly pay to the Company any such taxes.  The Company and its subsidiaries are authorized to deduct from any payment owed to you any taxes required to be withheld with respect to the Shares, including social security and Medicare (FICA) taxes and federal, state and local income tax with respect to income arising from the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes before issuing any Shares pursuant to an exercise of the Option.  In lieu of all or any part of a cash payment, you may elect to have a portion of the Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company to satisfy all or part of the withholding tax requirements relating to the Option exercise with such Shares valued in the same manner as used in computing such withholding taxes.  Any fractional share amount due relating to such tax withholding will be rounded up to the nearest whole share and the additional amount will be added to your federal withholding.

 

5.                                        Transferability .  Upon prior written approval of the Corporate Secretary of the Company, in his or her discretion, this Option may be transferred to a member of your “immediate family” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation) or to one or more trusts whose beneficiaries are members of your “immediate family” or  partnerships in which such family members are the only partners; provided, however, that (1) you receive no consideration for the transfer and (2) the transferred Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such Option immediately prior to its transfer.

 

6.                                        Conversion to Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Rights.  At any time following the Grant Date, the Company may convert this Option to a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, you shall receive Common Stock with a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the aggregate of (a) the Option Price Per Share multiplied by the number of Shares and (b) the amount of any taxes required to be withheld as a result of such exercise.

 

7.                                        Agreement.  Your receipt of the Option and this Agreement constitutes your agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

Shareholder Services, MS LC 310

Medtronic, Inc.

710 Medtronic Parkway

Minneapolis, MN 55432

(763.505.3030)

 


Exhibit 10.3

 

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name

Address

Number of shares of common stock

Grant Date

Vesting Date

 

1.                                       Restricted Stock Award.   Medtronic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), hereby awards to the individual named above shares of Common Stock of the Company, which is subject to the restrictions, limitations, and conditions contained in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) and in the Medtronic, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will govern.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2.                                        Restricted Stock Period.   The Restricted Stock Period is four years, and at the end of this period, if you have been continuously employed by the Company or any Affiliate and all other conditions and restrictions are met, the stock under the Award will become yours free of all restrictions (i.e., will “vest”), on a 100% cliff vesting basis, as of the Vesting Date indicated above.  During the Restricted Stock Period, the Restricted Stock is subject to the restrictions, conditions, and limitations described in this Agreement and the Plan.   In the case of your death, Disability or Retirement, you shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Restricted Stock under the Award that has been pro rated for the portion of the Restricted Stock Period during which you were employed by the Company or any Affiliate, and with respect to such shares of Common Stock, all restrictions shall lapse.  Upon termination of your employment for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, any shares of Restricted Stock whose restrictions have not lapsed will automatically be forfeited in full and canceled by the Company as of 11:00 p.m. CT (midnight ET) on the date of such termination of employment.  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Disability”  and “Retirement” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms under any retirement plan of the Company which is qualified under Section 401 of the Code (which currently provides for retirement on or after age 55, provided you have been employed by the Company and/or one or more Affiliates for at least ten years, or retirement on or after age 62), or under any disability or retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate applicable to you due to employment by a non-U.S. Affiliate or employment in a non-U.S. location, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

3.                                        Change in Control .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all restrictions with respect to shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse.

 

4.                                        Forfeitures .  If you have received or been entitled to receive payment in cash, delivery of Common Stock or a combination thereof pursuant to an Award within the period beginning six months prior to your termination of employment with the Company or its Affiliates and ending when the Award terminates or is canceled, the Company, in its sole discretion, may require you to return or forfeit the cash and/or Common Stock received or receivable with respect to the Award, in the event you are involved in any of the following occurrences:  performing services for or on behalf of a competitor of, or otherwise competing with, the Company or any Affiliate, unauthorized disclosure of material proprietary information of the Company or any Affiliate, a violation of applicable business ethics policies or business policies of the Company or any Affiliate, or any other occurrence determined by the Committee.  The Company’s right to require forfeiture must be exercised not later than 90 days after discovery of such an occurrence but in no event later than 15 months after your termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates.  Such right shall be deemed to be exercised upon the Company’s mailing written notice to you of such exercise at your most recent home address as shown on the personnel records of the Company.  In addition to requiring forfeiture as described herein, the Company may exercise its rights under this

 



 

Section 4 by terminating any Award.   If you fail or refuse to forfeit the cash and/or Common Stock demanded by the Company (adjusted for any intervening stock splits), you shall be liable to the Company for damages equal to the number of Shares demanded times the highest closing price per share of the Common Stock during the period between the date of termination of your employment and the date of any judgment or award to the Company, together with all costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Company to enforce this provision.

5.                                        Rights of Shareholders.   As a recipient of Restricted Stock, you will have the rights of a shareholder of Common Stock, including the right to receive dividends and to vote such stock, at the time you are awarded the Restricted Stock.  Shares representing the Restricted Stock will be issued and held in custody by the Company for you.  All rights as a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Stock will cease, and your Restricted Stock will be forfeited, upon termination of your rights to such stock as provided in paragraph 2 or 4 above or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  Upon such termination, the Restricted Stock shares shall be canceled by the Company.

 

6.                                        Restrictive Legend.    Each certificate representing shares of the Restricted Stock will contain a statement substantially as follows:

 

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, conditions, and limitations, including restrictions on transferability, as more particularly described in the Medtronic, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Award Agreement covering such shares.  Such Plan and Agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of Medtronic, Inc.”

 

Failure to include this statement on any of the Restricted Stock certificates will not invalidate or waive the restrictions, limitations, or conditions contained in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

7.                                        Withholding Taxes.   You are responsible for any federal, state, local or other taxes due upon vesting of the Restricted Stock, and you must promptly pay to the Company any such taxes.  The Company and its subsidiaries are authorized to deduct from any payment to you any taxes required to be withheld with respect to the Restricted  Stock. As described in Section 4(e) of the Plan, you may elect to have a portion of the vested Restricted Stock withheld by the Company to satisfy all or part of the withholding tax requirements relating to the Restricted Stock.  Any fractional share amount due relating to such tax withholding will be rounded up to the nearest whole share and the additional amount will be added to your federal withholding.

 

8.                                        No Employment Contract.   Nothing contained in the Plan or in this Agreement shall create any right to your continued employment or otherwise affect your status as an employee at will.  You hereby acknowledge that Medtronic and you each have the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason or for no reason at all.

 

9.                                        Agreement Your receipt of the Award and this Agreement constitutes your agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

Linked to the electronic Agreement are the Plan and the Plan Summary (prospectus) for your review.  You may also view and print these documents from UBS’s Internet website, Shareholder Services’ intranet website or request written copies by contacting Shareholder Services at 763.505.3030.

 

Shareholder Services, LC310

Medtronic, Inc.

710 Medtronic Parkway

Minneapolis, MN  55432-5604

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

MEDTRONIC, INC.

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the nine months ended January 28, 2005 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2004, April 25, 2003, April 26, 2002, April 27, 2001, and April 30, 2000 was computed based on Medtronic’s historical consolidated financial information included in Medtronic’s most recent Annual Report incorporated by reference on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Nine
months
ended
January 28, 2005

 

Year
ended
April 30,
2004

 

Year
ended
April 25,
2003

 

Year
ended
April 26,
2002

 

Year
ended
April 27,
2001(1),(6)

 

Year
ended
April 30,
2000 (1)

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before extraordinary  items and cumulative effect of accounting changes

 

$

1,609.5

 

$

1,959.3

 

$

1,599.8

 

$

984.0

 

$

1,046.0

 

$

1,084.2

 

Income taxes

 

655.1

 

837.6

 

741.5

 

540.2

 

503.4

 

530.6

 

Minority interest

 

(0.3

)

2.5

 

(0.7

)

3.0

 

1.4

 

4.4

 

Amortization of capitalized interest

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

 

Capitalized interest(2)

 

(0.7

)

 

(0.9

)

(0.3

)

(3.5

)

(0.2

)

 

 

$

2,263.7

 

$

2,799.5

 

$

2,339.8

 

$

1,527.0

 

$

1,547.4

 

$

1,619.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense(3)

 

$

39.9

 

$

56.5

 

$

47.2

 

$

45.2

 

$

17.6

 

$

14.0

 

Capitalized interest(2)

 

0.7

 

 

0.9

 

0.3

 

3.5

 

0.2

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs(4)

 

 

 

 

32.0

 

 

 

Rent interest factor(5)

 

17.3

 

21.0

 

18.0

 

16.3

 

15.5

 

14.9

 

 

 

$

57.9

 

$

77.5

 

$

66.1

 

$

93.8

 

$

36.6

 

$

29.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes and  fixed charges

 

$

2,321.6

 

$

2,877.0

 

$

2,405.9

 

$

1,620.8

 

$

1,584.0

 

$

1,648.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)

 

40.1

 

37.1

 

36.4

 

17.3

 

43.3

 

56.6

 

 


 

(1)         On December 21, 2000 and November 5, 1999 Medtronic acquired PercuSurge, Inc., and Xomed Surgical Products, Inc., respectively. These two acquisitions were accounted for under the pooling of interests method of accounting, and as a result, the ratios of earnings to fixed charges presented above include the effects of the mergers.

(2)        Capitalized interest relates to construction projects in progress.

(3)        Interest expense consists of interest on indebtedness.

(4)        Represents the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Company’s completion of a $2,013 million private placement of 1.25% Contingent Convertible Debentures on September 17, 2001. As of January 28, 2005 $1,973 million of the contingent convertible debentures were outstanding.

(5)        Approximately one-third of rental expense is deemed representative of the interest factor.

(6)        In April 2001, Medtronic changed its fiscal year end from April 30 to the last Friday in April.

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Arthur D. Collins, Jr., certify that:

 

1.              I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q (for the quarter ended January 28, 2005) of Medtronic, Inc. (Medtronic);

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Medtronic as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4.             Medtronic’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for Medtronic and have:

 

a.             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to Medtronic, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

b.             Evaluated the effectiveness of Medtronic’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c.             Disclosed in this quarterly report any change in Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during Medtronic’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             Medtronic’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to Medtronic’s auditors and the audit committee of Medtronic’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.             All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect Medtronic’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.             Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 7, 2005

/s/ Arthur D. Collins, Jr.

 

 

Arthur D. Collins, Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Robert L. Ryan, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q (for the quarter ended January 28, 2005) of Medtronic, Inc. (Medtronic);

 

2.              Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Medtronic as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4.             Medtronic’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for Medtronic and have:

 

a.             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to Medtronic, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

b.             Evaluated the effectiveness of Medtronic’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c.             Disclosed in this quarterly report any change in Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during Medtronic’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             Medtronic’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to Medtronic’s auditors and the audit committee of Medtronic’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.             All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect Medtronic’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.             Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Medtronic’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 7, 2005

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Robert L. Ryan

 

Senior Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc. for the quarter ended January 28, 2005, the undersigned herby certifies, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Medtronic, Inc., for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)            The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)            The information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Medtronic, Inc.

 

Date: March 7, 2005

/s/ Arthur D. Collins, Jr.

 

 

Arthur D. Collins, Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Medtronic, Inc. for the quarter ended January 28, 2005, the undersigned herby certifies, in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer of Medtronic, Inc., for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)            The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)            The information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Medtronic, Inc.

 

Date: March 7, 2005

/s/ Robert L. Ryan

 

 

Robert L. Ryan

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial

 

Officer